Skip to main content

Full text of "Easy steps in Latin"

See other formats


This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project 
to make the world's books discoverable online. 

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject 
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books 
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover. 

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the 
publisher to a library and finally to you. 

Usage guidelines 

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the 
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to 
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying. 

We also ask that you: 

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for 
personal, non-commercial purposes. 

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine 
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the 
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help. 

+ Maintain attribution The Google "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find 
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it. 

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just 
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other 
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of 
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner 
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe. 

About Google Book Search 

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers 
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web 



at |http : //books . google . com/ 



fctu^ t ^ l^. O /, l^i^S" 




l^arbarti CoUese l^ibrars 

THE GIFT OF 

GINN AND COMPANY 

DECEMBER 26, 1923 




3 2044 097 078 141 



I / 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



BY 

MARY HAMER 

TAUNTON HIGH SCHOOL 



EDITED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OP 
JOHN T. BUCHANAN 

PRINCIPAL OF THE BOYS' HIGH SCHOOL. NEW YORK 



oJ»Co 



NEW YORK.:. CINCINNATI.:. CHICAGO 

AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 






HMtVARD COLLWl LIW^»^ 

6fcFT Of 

•mR MIO CO«P^«T 

nc. «•• ^*^ 



Copyright, xgox, by 
AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY. 

Kntbred at Stationbrs* Hall, London. 

basy steps in latin. 
w. P. 3 



INTRODUCTION 

The increased demands upon the time of pupils preparing for 
college have for a long time pointed to the need of a book for 
beginners in Latin, with a reduction in the amount of daily work 
required and a corresponding increase in the thoroughness of the 
memory work. 

This need has been still further emphasized by the introduction 
of Latin into grammar schools, a practice that has already found 
favor in many cities, the great drawback to its universal adoption 
being the unwillingness of grammar school teachers to attempt 
new work without clear and simple outlines, and equal unwilling- 
ness on the part of high school teachers to undertake further work 
with pupils, some well, others ill prepared. 

To meet these conditions, if possible, this book has been 
planned, not attempting to give all that is valuable, but furnishing 
enough to give pupils a comfortable introduction to the language^ 
emphasizing its relation to English and the learning of paradigms 
rather than the reading of many sentences. 

These lessons, accordingly, are very short, most of them being 
adapted to an hour of preparation and half an hour of recitation, 
with the understanding that the memoriter recitations shall be 
absolutely accurate and rapid, an indispensable condition for 
future work. 

In order to accustom the pupil at an early age to consult thf 
general vocabulary, words used in the Latin as well as in the 

3 



4 INTRODUCTION 

English sentences have occasionally been omitted from the spe- 
cial vocabularies. This helps to prepare the pupil for Gradatim, 
Viri Romae, or Eutropius, any of which may follow or accompany 
the later lessons of this book. 

Further suggestions will be found in the lessons themselves, 
and while not new to teachers of experience, will possibly be 
welcome to others, for whom, as well as for their pupils, this book 

is now published. 

MARY HAMER. 

Note. — "With verbs, light-faced figures inclosed in parentheses denote the 
conjugations. In other positions such numbers refer to the Rules of Syntax on 
pages 14^153. Heavy-faced figures refer to sections of this book. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



LBSSON 


FACE 


LESSON 


PAGE 


t. Vowels and diphthongs. 




30. 


Anecdote III 


• 36 


Syllables. Accent . 


\ 


31. 


Verbs. Principal parts 


: li 


2. Consonants 


32. 


Sum — conj ugation . 


3. Parts of speech. Present 




33- 


Uses of the subjunctive 


39 


tense of amo . 


9 


34. 


Verbs. Subjunctive mood 


. 40 


4. Rules of accent . 


10 


35- 


Indirect discourse 


. 41 


5. First declension — singular. 




36. 


Anecdote IV . 


. 42 


Cases. Rule of agreement 


II 


% 


Fourth declension 


. 43 


6. Simple sentences \ 


12 


Fifth declension 


. 44 


7. First declension — plural . 

8. Sum — present indicative . 


13 


39. 


Roman History. Transla 




H 




tion I . . . 


• 45 


9. Sum — imperfect and future 


15 


40. 


Adjectives. Third declen 




10. Review. Declension of 






sion 


. 46 


noun and adjective . 


16 


41. 


Adjectives. Regular com 




II. Second declension. Nouns 






parison . 


• 47 


VCkUS 


»7 


42. 


Adjectives. Irregular com 




12. Second declension. Nouns 






parison . 


; 48 


in um .... 


18 


43- 


Roman History. Transla- 




13. Second declension. Nouns 






tion II . 


. 49 


in er and ir , 


19 


44- 


Cardinal numbers. Declen 




14. Oral exercise 


20 




sions 


• 50 


15. Adjectives. Declension of 




45- 


Ordinal numbers. Sight 




bonus .... 


21 




• translation 


• 51 


16. Adjectives. Oral exercise . 


22 


46. 


Verbs. Passive voice. In- 




17. Locative case . 

18. Verbs. Present indicative . 


23 




dicative mood . 


• 52 


24 


47- 


Verbs. Passive voice. In- 




19. Verbs. Imperfect indica- 






dicative mood. Voluntar) 




tive 


25 




agent 


• 54 


20. Verbs. Future indicative . 


26 


48. 


Verbs. Passive voice. Sub- 




21. Parts of speech. Parftcles 

22. Third declension. Vowel 


27 




junctive mood. Sequence 








of tenses . 


• 55 


stems .... 


28 


49. 


Verbs. Active voice. Im- 




23. Third declension. Conso- 






peratives, infinitives, etc 


56 


nant stems 


29 


50. 


Roman names . 


58 


24. Third declension. Rules of 




51- 


English lesson in deriva- 




gender .... 


30 




tives, I . . . 


59 


25. Verbs. Perfect, pluperfect, 




52. 


Verbs. Passive voice. Im- 




future perfect . 


31 




peratives, infinitives, etc 




26. Anecdote I . . . 


32 




Sight translation 


60 


27. Personal pronouns 


33 


53- 


Adverbs, formed and com- 




28. Anecdote II . . . 


34 




pared 


61 


29. Is and Idem 


35 


54. 


Ablative absolute 


62 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LBSSON 

55. English lesson in deriva- 

tives, II . 

56. Irregular verbs. Principal 

parts 

57. Irregular verbs. Conjuga- 

tion 

58. Irregular verbs. Conjuga- 

tion continued 

59. English lesson in deriva- 

tives, III 

60. Declension of aiius. Syno- 

nyms 

61 . Declension of special nouns, 

.Roman History, III 

62. English lesson in deriva- 

tives, IV. 

63. Periphrastic conjugation. 

Active . 

64. Periphrastic conjugation. 

Passive . 

65. Demonstrative pronoims 

66. Relative and interrogative 

pronouns 

67. Subjunctive mood. Cum 

clauses . 

68. Uses of the genitive . 

69. Uses of the dative 

70. Horatius. English recita- 
tion. Macaulay 

Horatius. Roman History, 

IV . 
The accusative case . 
The ablative case 

74. Virginia. English recita- 

tion. Macamay 

75. Virginia. Roman History, V 

76. Alfred and the Cakes. Sen- 

tences 

77. Alfred and the Cakes, con^, 

78. The Broken Dike 

79. The Broken Dike, continued 
00. A Wonderful Dream . 

81. A Wonderful Dream, cont. 

82. A Wonderful Dream, coni, 

83. King Canute 

84. King Canute, continued 

85. Familiar phrases 

86. The Bishop of Bingen 



71 

72. 
73. 



63 

63 

64 

67 

69- 

70 

71 

72 

73 

74 
75 

76 

'^ 
79 

80 

81 
82 
83 

84 
85 

86 

ii 

89 
90 
92 

93 
94 

96 
97 



LESSON PAGB 

87. The Bishop of Bingen, cont. 

Time before and after . 98 

88. The Bishop of Bingen, f^/. 99 

89. The Bishop of Bingen, f^ff/. 100 

90. Conditional sentences . loi 

91. King Midas . . .102 

92. King Midas, continued . 103 

93. Coriolanus. Double con- 

struction with dono^ etc. 105 

94. Coriolanus, continued . 106 

95. Coriolanus, continued . 106 

96. Marius. Synonyms and 

derivatives . . .108 

97. Julius Caesar. Extract 

from Courtship of Miles 
Standish . . . 109 

98. Julius^^aesar . . .110 

99. Julius Caesar, continued . 1 1 1 
100. Julius Caesar, continued . 112 
loi. IxiXiv&QAesax^ continued . 113 

102. Reckoning of time. Names 

of months . . .114 

103. Julius Caesar, continued . 115 

104. Cicero. Similis\i\\}^^en\' 

tive or dative . .117 

105. CieexOt continued. Defini- 

tions . • . .118 

106. Cicero, continued. Famil- 

iar phrases . . • 1 19 

107. Augustus. Synonyms. 

Derivatives . . .121 

108. Augustus and the Birds. 

Roman money . .122 

109. Augustus and the Birds, 

continued . . .123 
no. Eutropius. Sight transla- 
tion. Eight ways of ex- 
pressing purpose . .124 

111. Latin composition. Se- 

quence of tenses . «125 

112. Latin idioms . . .125 

113. Idiomatic uses of ^jj^ . 127 

Appendix . . . .129 
Rules of Syntax . . .149 
Latin-English Vocabulary . 155 
English-Latin Vocabulary . 174 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 







LESSON 1 






I. 




VOWEL SOUNDS 








5, 


as in father. &, 


as initial a 


in a^i, 




s, 


like a in made, 8, 


as in met. 






I, 


as in machine, I, 


" /«. 


// 




5, 


" holy, 6, 


" form. 


/^ 




5, 


like 00 in moon, tt, 


" /1^/. 




2. 




DIPHTHONGS 








ae, 


like ai in a/>/<f. ei, 


as in rein. 






an, 


" ou in ^»/. ul, 


like tt/^. 






oe, 


" oi in ^^i7. eu, 


as va feud. 





3. SYLLABLES AND ACCENT 

A Latin word has as many syllables as it has vowels and diph- 
thongs. In dividing words into syllables, write as many con- 
sonants with the following vowels as can be easily pronounced. 
Words of two syllables are always accented on the first : a'-mo, 
a '-mas, a'-mat. (The printed accent shows only the accented 
vowel; it does not indicate the division into syllables.) 

4. EXERCISE 

Pronounce carefully each of the following, giving the meaning : — 

star, }l'-^ 

earthJ'^1 

ditch J ' 

tabled 

trumpet, 

cause. 

Note. — Latin has no article; thus Stella means star^ a star, or the star. 

Spell and define : — 
constellation subterranean fossil Mediterranean 



I. 


Stella, 


ste'Uae, 


ste'Uam, 


Stella, 


2. 


Te-rra, 


te'rrae. 


te'rram, 


te'rra, 


3- 


Fo'ssa, 


fo'ssae. 


fo'ssam. 


fo'ssa. 


4. 


Me'nsa, 


me'nsae, 


me'nsam. 


me'nsa, 


5- 


Td'ba, 


tu'bae. 


tu'bam. 


tu^ba,* 


6. 


Cau'sa, 


cau'sae, 


cau'sam, 


cau'sa. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 2 

5. CONSONANT SOUNDS 

o and g are always hard, as in come^ get. 
8 is always soft, as in sea^ lips; bs, consequently, is like ps, 
oh is like k; ph, like// v, like w; qu, as in English. 
i consonant is like y in yet 



6. 



EXERCISE 



Pronounce carefully, giving the English meaning (which is 
always to be learned): — 

1. Ro'sa, ro'sae, ro'sam, ro'sa, a rose. 

2. Fu'ga, fu'gae, fu'gam, fu'ga, flight. 

3. A'qua, a'quae, a'quam, a'qua, water. 
^. Si'lva, si'lvae, si'lvam, silva, a forest. 

^. Po'rta, po'rtae, po'rtam, po'rta, agate. 



6* Nau'ta, nau'tae, nau'tam, 



nau'ta, a sailor. 




TUBA 

Spell and define ; — 

roseate aqueous sylvan 

portal nautical aquarium 

Repeat from memory each line of the exercise. 



Pennsylvania 
aqueduct 



Note. — The Latin alphabet has no j or w. Otherwise it is the same as 
the English. — i may be either a vowel or a consonant. 

p, b, t, d, c, k, g, q, are called mutes; 1, m, n, r, liquids; 8, sibilant; 
doable consonants are z (cb or gs), z (da) 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 9 

LESSON 3 

7. PARTS OF SPEECH 

1. A noun is the name of a person, place, thing, or idea : — 
Anna ; Roma, Rome; "via, way^ road; poena, punishment 

2. A pronoun is a word that takes the place of a noun : — 

is, he ; ea, she, 

3. An adjective is a word that qualifies or limits a noun or pro- 
noun . ^^^^ ^^^^ ^ white rose, 

4. A verb is a word that asserts something : — 

amo, I love ; canto, I sing. 

In Latin verbs the termination is equivalent to a pronoun : — 

Present Tense 
Singular Plural 

a'mo, / love, like ama'-mus, we love 

a'mas, you love ama'-tia, you love 

a'mat, he loves a'mant, they love 

8. EXERCISE 

Repeat the singular forms until perfectly learned ; the plurals ; 
then the entire tense. 

What termination is equivalent to the pronoun // he? you 
(sing.)? they? we? you (plur.)? she? 

Give the tense with the progressive form in English, / am 
loving, etc. 

Write the same tense of — 
— oaJnto, I sing o^ro, I pray a!xOyIplow 

do, I give Bto, I stand spe'cto, I look at 

Give the progressive form in English. 
Spell and define : — 
canticle oration spectacle arable penalty 



lO 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 4 
9. ACCENT 

1. How are words of two syllables accented ? 

2. Words of more than two syllables are accented on the next 
to the last syllable, if it is long : a-ma'-mu8. This syllable is called 
the penult. 

Note. — A syllable is long when it contains a long vowel or diphthong, or 
if its short vowel is followed by z or z, or any two consonants except a mute 
(see 6, Note) followed by 1 or r. 

3. If the penult is short, the accent falls on the syllable before 
it (ante-penult): vic-to'ri-a, victory, 

4. The s^Uablg -que, meaning and^ is often joined to a word, 
in which caseShe accent always falls on the syllable before it : 
mensa tuba'que,^»^ /flf^/f and a trumpet A partjfi lfi. added in 
this way is called ahvcnclitic. 



ID. 

Pronounce : - 



EXERCISE 



Coro'na, 

Regi'na, 

Agri'cola, 

Poe'ta, 

Pecu'nia, 

6. Fe'mina, 

7. i'nsula, 
-8. Pue'fia, 

9. Pa'tria, 
10. Ca'sa, 



I. 
2. 
3- 
4. 
5- 



coro'nae, 

regi'nae, 

agri'colae, 

poe'tae, 

pecu'niae, 

fe'minae, 

i'nsulae, 

pue'llae, 

pa'triae, 

ca'sae. 



coronam, 

regi'nara, 

agri'colam, 

poe'tara, 

pecii'niam, 

fe'minam, 

I'nsulam, 

puellam, 

pa'triara, 

ca'sam, 



coro'na, a crown or wreath, 
regi'na, a queen, 
agri'cola, a farmer, 
poe'ta, a poet, 

money, 

a woman, 

an island, 

a girl, 

fatherland, 

a hut or cottage. 



pecunia, 

fe'mina, 

I'nsula, 

puella, 

pa'tria, 

ca'sa. 



Spell and define : — 

penult coronation 

peninsula agriculture 



feminine 
pecuniary 



particle 
enclitic 



EA^Y STEPS IN LATIN II 

LESSON 5 

11. THE FIRST DECLENSION, SINGULAR NUMBER 

Nouns, adjectives, and pronouns are used in different forms, 
called cases. Where the English language has only three cases, 
the Latin has six, corresponding with the English as follows : — 

English Latin 

Nominative Nom'inative and Voc'ative 

Possessive Gen'itive 

Objective (with to ox for) Dative 

" (direct object of a verb) Accu'sative 

{with, by, from, in) Ablative 

12. Repeat the names of the first three cases until they are 
familiar, then add the others ; decline Stella, as follows, repeating 
until it ceases to be an effort. 

Note. — In all repetitions avoid accenting final syllablet. This error is 
fatal to scholarship. 

First Declension ^~^^^ / 

Nom, ste'lla, a j/flfr ^,^, *' ■ i 4 - 

Gen, Bte^UsLe, of a star ^( j ■ ; ^'V 

Dat' ste'llae, to ox for a star ■ ^ ' . ■ ,. ^ 

Ace, Bte'Uam, a star * ' X V / 

Voc, Stella, O star 

AbL ste'lla, by^froniy in, a star 

13. Decline in the same way : — 

rosa Stella causa silva aqua terra porta 

fossa tuba mensa via casa nauta fuga 

Nouns of the first declension are feminine, except those mascu- 
line from their meaning. 

Rule I. — A verb agrees with its subject in person and number. 



12 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 6 

14. SIMPLE SENTENCES 

Repeat the rule for the agreement of verbs. 
Give the English meaning of: — 

1. Agricola terram arat. 

2. Nauta aquam arat. 

3. Poeta rosam amat. 

4. Puella cantat. 

5. Mensam spectamus. 

In Latin sentences the verb is generally written last, and an 
adjective frequently follows its noun. 

15. Write in Latin : — 

1. The queen looks at the rose. 

2. The sailor loves the island. 

3. The queen gives money to the poet. 

4. The poet sings for the queen. 

5. The farmer's daughter looks at the cottage. 

16. From words already given, form four Latin sentences. 
What case follows the preposition in? to? by? What case is 
the object of a verb? ^* 




Note. — For a few days, whenever you see a cottage repeat aloud the Latin 
name, casa. Do the same with a rose, a way, a gate, a star, a table, a trumpet, 
a ditch, water. Learn to connect the Latin name, not with the English name, 
but with the thing itself. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 1 3 

LESSON 7 

17. FIRST DECLENSION, PLURAL 

Nom, Bte'Uae, stars 

Gen. Btella'rum, of stars 

Dat, Bte'Uis, to ox for stars 

Ace. Btellas, stars 

Voe, Bte'llae, O stars 

Abl, Btellis^ ^y^f^om^ in, or with stars 

18. Translate: — 

1. Rosas amamus ; amant; amat; amatis; amas. 

2. Poetae Stellas amant. 

3. Poetae et nautae Stellas spectant. 

4. Agricolae filiae rosas amant. 

5. Reginae puellae rosas dant. 

19. Write in Latin : — 

1. The farmer's daughter likes roses. 

2. Farmers plow the land. 

3. Sailors plow the water. 

4. Tfie girl gives a wreath of roses to the queen. 

5. The farmer gives a dove to (his) daughter. 

ao. VOCABULARY 

oola'mbay a dove. in, prep, with ace, into. 

cau'da, a tail. in, prep, with abl., in or on. 

nlia, a daughter. et, conj., and. 

ri'pa, a river bank. Bed, conj., but. 

ad, prep, with ace, to, toward. 

raia, daughter, has -abus in the dative and ablative plural, to 
distinguish it from the same case of niius, a son. The same 
ending, for the same reason, is found in dea, a goddess. 

Note. — Two things can always be remembered better than one, therefor^ 
)eam to connect words; as nauta and aqua, luna and Btella, etc, 



14 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 8 
21. THE VERB SUM, PRESENT TENSE 



K, "ti^ 



sum, / am su'muB, we are 

es, thou art e'std a^ you are 

est, he is sunt, they are 



22. VOCABULARY (ADJECTIVES) 

These adjectives are declined like nouns of the first declension. 

Rule II. — An adjective agrees with the noun that it limits in 
gender^ number^ and case. 

bona, good, nova, new. multa, much, 

magna, large. oara, dear. longa, long, 

parva, small. lata, wide. grata, pleasant. 

plena, fuU. rubra, red. alba, white. 

alta, high^ deep. clara, clear ^ bright^ pulohra, beautiful. 

firma, firm. famous. prima, first. 

23. Write in Latin : — 

1. Roses are red and white. 

2. The farmer's cottage is full of roses. 

3. Victoria is a good queen. 

4. The ditch is wide and deep. 

5. Many^ islands are small. 

24. Spell and define : — 

magnitude altitude latitude 

multitude " plenitude longitude 

Note. tfLd5 English -tude^ is an ending of abstract nouns. 

. 1 Use the plural of multa. — Words not translated in the lessons will be 
found in the general vocabulary. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



15 



LESSON 9 



25. SUM, IMPERFECT AND FUTURE TENSES 



26. 



e'ram, / was 
e'ras, you were 
e'rat, he was 

e'ro, / shall be 
e'ria, you will be 
e'rit, he will be 



Imperfect 

era'muB, we were 
era'tds, you were 
e'rant, they were 

Future 

e'rimiiB, we shall be 
e'ritds, you will be 
e'runt, they will be 



Write in Latin : — 

1. We were in the farmer's cottage. 

2. The queen praises the poets of America. 

3. (There)* were many^ large* forests in Britain. 

4. (There)* will be a flill moon. 

5. The poets of America praise the queen of Britain. 




27. 

AmeMca^ America, 
Brita'nnia, Britain, 
ita'lia, Italy. 
Germa'nla, Germany, 
EOspa'nla, Spain. 



VOCABULARY 

Gte'Uia, France. 
lima, moon. 
cena, dinner. 
celo, I hide. 
V006, / call 



no'mino, I name, 
li'bero, I free. 
laado, I praise. 
porto, I carry. 
rogo, / ask. 



1 Omit. 



^ In Latin, many and large. 



i6 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



38. 



LESSON 10 
REVIEW 



Give in Latin the present tense of each of the following verbs : 

1. carry 5. give 8. free 11. hide 

2. look at 6. praise 9. call 12. plow 

3. stand 7. like 10. sing 13. name 

4. ask 

Adjectives to be declined in Latin : — 



I. red 


5. high 


9. first 


13- 


much 


2. good 


6. new 


10. small 


14. 


long 


3. full 


7. large 


II. beautiful 


15. 


pleasant 


4. white 


8. dear 


12. wide 


16. 


deep 


Nouns to be declined in 


Latin: — 






I. star 


9. table 


17. way 


25- 


rose 


2. farmer 


10. dove 


18. trumpet 


26. 


penalty 


3. sailor 


II. woman 


19. gate 


27. 


cause 


4. queen 


12. money 


20. moon 


28. 


wreath 


5. poet 


13. ditch 


21. flight 


29. 


daughter 


6. land (earth) 


14. island 


22. cottage 


30. 


tail 


7. water 


15. goddess 23. fatherland 


31- 


river bank 


8. girl 


16. forest 


24. dinner 






29. Decline together : — 


- 






t. rosa alba 


4. 


via longa 


7. 


porta lata 


2. casa nova 


5. 


terra f irma 


8. 


silva magna 


3. luna plena 


6. 


Stella clara 


9- 


puella bona 



Form five English sentences from words given on this page. 
Translate into Latin. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



17 



30. 



LESSON 11 

SECOND DECLENSION (MASCULINE NOUNS 
IN -US) 







Hortus, a garden. 








Singular 


Plural 




Nom, 


ho'rtuB 


ho'rti 




Gen, 


ho'rti 


horto'rum 




Dat, 


ho'rt5 


ho'rtiB 




Ace. 


hortum 


ho'rtos 




Voc, 


ho'rte 


ho'rti 




Abl, 


ho'rto 


ho'rtis 


31. 




VOCABULARY 


0- 


eqauB, horse. 




cibus, food. 


\V magnusy large. 


camiB, wagon. 




do'minus, master. 


planus, full. 


a'nimiiB, mind. 




servus, slave. 


bonus, good. 


annus, year. 




nu'merus, number, multus, many. 


Indus, school. 




disci'pulus, pupil. 


longus, long. 


lupus, wolf. 




remusy oar. 


cams, dear. 


gla'dius, sword. 




deus, god. 


latus, wide. 



32. Decline each of the above nouns like hortus. Review 
sum in the three tenses given. Give the rule of agreement for 
verbs ; for adjectives. 

33. Write in Latin : — 

1. There are horses and wagons in the gardens. 

2. The master gives the slave a horse. 

3. The garden will be full of roses. 

4. Many gardens are small. 

5. The slave is carrying food into the cottage. 

6. The master gives the slaves the oars. 

7. There are many pupils in the schooL 

EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 2 



1 8 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 12 

34. SECOND DECLENSION (NEUTER NOUNS 

IN -UM) 

Templom, a temple. 

Singular Plural 

Norn. te'mplum te'mpla 

Gen, te'mpli templo'mm 

Dat te'mplo te'mpliB 

AcCj Voc, te'mplom te'mpla 

AM, te'mplo te'mpliB 

35. VOCABULARY 

donum, gift, oastmm, fort; pi. oaitra/ camp, 

aunim, gold, arge'ntam, stiver, 

bellum, war, prae'miam, reward. 

caelum, sky, o^ppidmn, town, 
peri'calam, danger. 

Decline each of the above nouns like templmn. 

36. Translate : — 

1. Multae et clarae stellae in cael5 erant 

2. Multa oppida in Italia sunt. 

3. Reginam bonam amamus et laudamus. 

4. Puellae parvae rosas rubras poetae dant. 

5. Aurum et argentum in tempUs-sunt. 

37. Spell and define : — 

aureole equestrian donation 

celestial domineer premium 

Note. — In all neuters the nominative, accusative, and vocative are always 
•like, and in the plural end in a. 

^ Notice that castra, though plural in form^ is singular in meaning. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 19 



LESSON 13 



38. SECOND DECLENSION (MASCULINES IN 
-ER AND -IR) 





Puer, boy. 


i^&x, field. 

Singular 




Vir, man. 


Nom. 


puer 


a'ger 




vlr 


Gen, 


pu'eri 


a'gri 




vi'ri 


Dat 


puW5 


a'gro 




vi'ro 


Ace. 


pa'erum 


a'grum 




vi'rum 


Voc. 


paer 


a'ger 




vlr 


AbL 


pu'ero 


a'gro 

Plural 




vi'ro 


Nom. 


pa'eri 


a'gri 




vl'ri 


Gen. 


paero'rum 


agro'rum 




viro'rum 


Dat. 


pu'eris 


a'griB 




vi'ris 


Ace. 


pu'eroB 


a'groB 




vl'ros 


Voc. 


pu'eri 


a'gri 




vl'ri 


Abl. 


pu'eris 


a'griB 




vi'ris 


I. Most nouns in -er drop the e of the nominative, as ii 


2. Proper names in -iiw, 


also nliuB, son. 


lose 


e in the vc 



Nouns in -iiw, -ium usually take -i instead of -ii in the genitive ; 
as Meroa'riuB, Mercury^ gen. sing. Mercu'ri, voc. Mercu'ri. 

3. In these cases the accent of the nominative is retained. 

4. Write the declension of Vergi'lius, Virgil; fi'llus, son. 

39. VOCABULARY 

ve'sper, -erf, evening. po'poluBy people. 

magister, -tri, master^ teacher. ventus, wind. 
ami'cuB, friend. BomnuB; sleep. 

40. Give the English form of: — 

Frederl'cus Ca'rolus Albe'rtus Rica'rdus 

Come'lius Marcus Alfredus Robe'rtus 

Iac5'bus Paulus Henri'cus Guilielmus 

i^amg*) {WtUiam) 



20 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



41. 



LESSON 14 



ORAL EXERCISE 



State what you suppose to be the meaning of : 



I. dilige'ntia 


14. 


pompa 


27. 


po'pulus 


2. familia 


15. 


pr5vi'ncia 


28. 


triu'mphus 


3. flamma 


16. 


rui'na 


29. 


ge'nius 


4. forma 


17- 


schola 


30. 


tumultus 


5. fortu'na 


18. 


scie'ntia 


31- 


circus 


6. gemma 


19. 


spina 


32- 


exe'mplum 


7. glo'ria 


20. 


sta'tua 


33- 


reme'dium 


8. fama 


21. 


statu'ra 


34. 


respo'nsum 


9. indu'stria 


22. 


ta'bula 


35. 


thea'trum 


10. medici'na 


23. 


villa 


36. 


bie'nnium 


II. memo'ria 


24. 


a'ngulus 


37. 


verbum 


12. natu'ra 


25- 


capti'vus 


38. 


vinum 


13. pira'ta 


26. 


me'dicus 


39. 


voca'bulum 



Which are masculine? feminine? neuter? 
Give boys* names ending in -ub ; girls' names ending in -a. 
How many states of the United States may be declined as nouns 
of the first declension? how many continents? how many islands? 




PORTA 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 21 



LESSON 15 
42. ADJECTIVES, FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSION 

Singular Plural 

il/.i F. M M, F. N. 

Nom, bo'nuB boW bo'num bo'ni bo'nae bo'na 

Gen, bo'ni boWe bo'ni bono'rum bona'rum bono'rum 

Dat, bo'no bo'nae bo'no bo'niB bo'nia bo'niB ' 

Ace, bo'num bo'nam bo'num bo'noB bo'nas bo'na 

Voe, bo'ne bo'na bo'num bo'ni bo'nae bo'na 

Abi, bo'n5 bo'na bo'no bo'nia bo'niB bo'niB 

Other adjectives will be more easily learned if bonus is declined 
in the following form : — 

Plural 

M. F N. 

bo'ni -ae -a 

bono'mm -a'mm -o'mm 

bo'nis 
bo'n58 -is -a 



43. Write in Latin : — 

1. The farmer gives the boys good food. 

2. He sees many (and) large temples in the town. 

3. There are large and small islands. 

4. We praise the good queen of Britain. 

5. Horace and Virgil were good poets. 

What is the least number of seconds in which you can repeat 
bonus in its abbreviated declension ? 

^ Inasmuch as adjectives agree with the nouns they limit in gender^ number, 
and case, the masculine of these adjectives is declined like hortns, and the 
neuter like templum. 





Singular 








M, F. 


N. 




Nom. 


bo'nua -a 


-inn 


N.,V. 


Gen. 


bo'ni -ae 


-i 


Gen. 


Dat. 


bo'n5 -ae 


-6 


J?.,Ai 


Ace. 


bo'num -am 


-um 


Ace. 


Voc. 


bo'ne -a 


.urn 




AbL 


bo'no -a 


-0 





22 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 16 
44. ADJECTIVES 

Like bonus decline : — 



1. albus, white, 

2. maluSy bad. 

3. carus, {^ar. 

4. longus, long. 

5. latusy wide. 



6. niger, nigra, nigrum, black. 

7. ruber, rubra, rubrum, red, 

8. liber, libera, liberum, free. 

9. asper, aspera, asperum, rough. 
10. miser, misera, miserum, wretched. 



415. State what you suppose to be the meaning of the following 
adjectives : — 



1. amplus 

2. au'reus 

3. anti'quus 

4. ba'rbarus 

5. densus 

6. divi'nus 

7. falsus 

8. firmus 

9. fri'gidus 
10. hone'stus 



11. humS'nus 

12. ince'rtus 

13. certus 

14. gratus 

15. ingra'tus 

16. magni'ficus 

17. me'dius 

18. mendia'nus 

19. mode'stus 

20. mole'stus 



21. perpe'tuus 

22. pla'cidus 

23. pii'blicus 

24. ru'sticus 

25. sere'nus 

26. seve'rus 

27. sple'ndidus 

28. to'rridus 

29. ti'midus 

30. va'rius 




CARRUS 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 23 

LESSON 17 

46. THE LOCATIVE CASE 

An old case, denoting the place where, is called the locative 
case (loQMB, place) , 

In the singular number of the first and second declensions this 
has the form of the genitive ; everywhere else, the form of the 
ablative : — 

Komae, a/ JRome, AXtiQ^ms, at Athens (Athe'nae). 

Oe'navae, at Geneva, Phili'ppis, at Philippi (Phlll'ppi). 
Cori'nthi, at Corinth, Cori'olis, at Corioli (Cori'oli) . 

47. VOCABULARY 

baca, berry (currant) . olim, formerly, 

Bohola, school, etiam, also, 

philoBo'phia^ philosophy, Me'lita, Malta (mel, honey), 

L'lia, Marseilles. Lute'tia, Paris. 



48. Write in Latin : — 

1. Paul was at Rome, at Athens, at Philippi, and at Corinth. 

2. He was also at Ephesus and at Colossus. 

3. Malta is a famous island. 

4. There were many schools of philosophy at Athens. 

5. There were red and white currants at Corinth. 

laduB, -i, a school for children who are compelled to learn, 
sohola, -ae, a school for youths who wish to learn. 

Magister et discipuli in ludo erant. 
Doctor^ et auditores' in echola erant. 

^ Dootor, a learned teacher^ from doce5, to teach. 
* Auditor, a listener^ from audid, to hear. 



24 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 18 

49. That part of a word to which the termination is attached 
is called the stem. 

There are four conjugations of verbs, distinguished by the vowel 
which appears before -re of the present infinitive active. This 
vowel, in the first conjugation, is a; in the second, e; in the 
third, » (still further shortened to I) ; in the fourth, L 

50. The present tense in each conjugation is inflected as 
foUows^: — 



' i 


II 


Ill 


IV 


"^(^ /lave 


/advise 


/cover 


/hear 


mo'neS 


te'go 


au'dio 


a'maa 


mo'nes 


te'gis 


au'dis 


a'mat 


mo 'net 


te'git 


au'dit 




mone'muB 


te^gimna 


aadi'mna 


ama'tis 


mone'tis 


te'gitiB 


audi'tis 


a'mant 


mo'nent 


te'gunt 


au'diunt 


I. The personal endings are 


the same in 


all tenses, except 


the perfect indicative active. 






Sing. 


I. -0 or -m 


Plur. 


-mna 




2. -8 




-tis 




3. -t 




-nt 


SI. 


VOCABULARY 




vi'deo (2), see. 


moVeo (2) 


, move. 


ve'nio (4), come. 


ha'beo (2), have. 


ri'deo (2), /augh. 


se'ntio {^)yfeeL 


ma'neo (2), stay. 


te'rreo {2) ^ frighten. 


do'rmio (4), sleep. 



52. Inflect each of these verbs in the present tense. Give an 
English word derived from each. 

Notice particularly the forms of tego, and inflect in the same 
way: duoo (3), lead; mitta (3), send; reli'nqao (3), leave. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



25 



LESSON 19 



53- 



/ was loving 
or / loved 

ama'bam 

ama'bas 

ama'bat 

amaba'muB 

amaba'tiB 

ama'bant 



VERBS, IMPERFECT TENSE 



II 

I was advising 

or / advised 

mone1>am 

mone'bas 

mone'bat 

moneba'muB 

moneba'tiB 

mone'bant 



III 
I was covering 
or I covered 

tege1>ain 

tege'bas 

tege'bat 

tegeba'muB 

tegeba'tlB 

tege'bant 



IV 
/ wets hearing 
or / heard 

audie1>am 

audie'bas 

audie'bat 

audieba'muB 

audieba'tiB 

audie1>ant 



54. Write the imperfect tense of the verbs meaning - 



come 
see 



move 
stay 



feel 
praise 



lead 
send 



55. Translate: — 



1. Agricola filiae filioque columbas albas dabat. 

2. Stellas multas in cael5 videmus. 

3. Puellae bonae in casa manebant. 

4. Servl dominum audiebant. 

5. -Nautae Americani populo cari sunt. 



$6. The imperfect tense often expresses customary or repeated 
action; as venie'bant, they used to come or they kept coming. 
English has also the following forms of the imperfect tense, — 

Common form I came 

Emphatic form I did come 

Incomplete or progressive form . / was coming 

Give the various meanin|;s of audliba'mus ; ama'baiit, 



26 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 





LESSON 


20 




57. 


VERBS, FUTURE TENSE 




I 


II 


III 


IV 


I shall love 


I shaU advise 


I shall cover 


IshaUhear 


aina1>o 


mone'bo 


te'gam 


au'diam 


ama'bis 


mone'bis 


te'ges 


au'dies 


ama'bit 


mone'bit 


te'get 


au'diet 


flwr^a ^miia 


mone'bimiiB 


tege'muB 


audie'muB 


ama'bitlB 




tege'tlB 


audie'tlB 


ama'bunt 


mone'bunt 


te'gent 


au'dient 



Notice the difference of form in the last two conjugations, though 
the personal endings remain the same. 



58. Give the Latin for the following forms : — 



I. 


They are praising. 


9- 


They were advising. 


2. 


We were praising. 


10. 


You advised. 


3. 


We shall praise. 


II. 


You used to come. 


4. 


He will praise. 


12. 


You came. 


s- 


He praised. 


13. 


He will come. 


6. 


He advised. 


14. 


You will come. 


7. 


I shall advise. 


15. 


I came. 



8. We shall advise. 



16. They will hear. 



59. I. Give the present, imperfect, and future tenses of habeo, 
I have. 

2. How many conjugations are there, and how are they distin- 
guished? What are the personal endings? Give the English 
equivalent for each. 

3. Write the future tense of porta (i), oapio, take (3), 
maneo (2), venio (4). 

4. Give the same tenses in English, using the progressive form. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 2/ 



LESSON 21 

60. PARTICLES 

Adverbs modify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs, and express 
time, place, cause, and manner : — 'j\ 



iam, already, YisAy yesterday, nunc, now. 






iterum, again, semper, always, 51im, once upon a time, .' ^o (^ ' 

moz, soon, cur, why, vero, truly, ^^a.^ ^ 

non, not, saepe, often, ita, so, ^^'tt,*-^ ' 

ho 'die, to-day, fere, nearly. deinde, then, 

eras, to-morrow, forte, ^j chance, sic, j^. 

certe, surely, paene, almost, tandem, at length. 



61. Prepositions connect substantives with the words on which ,. , 
ey depend. ' ^/ ^^ /■ ' ^ 

The following prepositions govern the ablative ; all others take ' *" ^ '' j 



the accusative : — 

a, ab or abs, absque, de, 

coram, cum, ez or e. 

sine, tenus, pro, and prae. 

In and sub, denoting motion, are followed by the accusa- 
tive ; denoting rest, by the ablative : in Italiam, into Italy; in 
Italia, in Italy ; sub montem venire, to come close up to the hill; 
sub monte esse, to be at the foot of the hill, 

62. Conjunctions connect words, phrases, and clauses : — 

si, if sed, but, aut . . . aut, either ..,or, 

ety and, both, atque,ac, and also, enim,^r. 

at, but, quod, because, igitur, therefore, 

neq\ie,neQ,andnot, aatem, however, -que, and. 

63« Interjections are exclamations ; as 5 ; eheu, alas, 

64« Write five Latin sentences containing prepositions and 
conjunctions. 



26 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 22 

65. THIRD DECLENSION (VOWEL STEMS) 

The third declension has a great variety of nominative endings, 
and includes nouns of all genders. The genitive singular must be 
known before attempting their declension. They may be divided 
into two classes, — vowel stems and consonant stems ; the former 
having the genitive plural in -ium, the latter in -mn. 

66. Vowel stems in common use are : — 

I. Nouns in -es and -is, having the same number of syllables 



in the nominative and genitive. 








2. Neuters in 


-e, -al, and -ar. 








They are thus declined : — 








HostiB (m. 


or f.), enemy. 




Animal 


(n.), animal. 


Singular 


Plural 




Singular 


Plural 


Norn, ho'stls 


ho'stes 




a'nlmal 


anlmalia 


Gen. ho'stlB 


ho'stium 




anima'lis 


anlmalitim 


Da^. ho'sti 


ho'stibos 




animali 


anima'libuB 


Ace, ho 'stem 


ho'stis or -is 




a'nimal 


anima'lia 


Foe. ho'stlB 


ho'stes 




a'nimal 


anima'lia 


Ad/. ho'ste 


ho'stibus 




anima'li 


anlma'libuB 


A few nouns have -im and -i in 


the 


ace. and abl. 


singular. 


Synonym. — HostiB, a public enemy; 




personal enemy. 



67. Decline : — 

avis, bird. panis, bread, 

finis, end^ pi. fines, territory. mare, sea. 

turris, tower. insi'gne, mark. 

Decline pater, patrls, father; mater, mother; frater, brother. 
How do they differ from hostis? — Ans. They have the genitive 
plural in -urn and the accusative plural in -es only. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



29 



LESSON 23 

68. THIRD DECLENSION (CONSONANT STEMS) 

Consonant stems are named mute stems or liquid stems ^ accord- 
ing to their final letter (see 6, Note). 

69. Consonant stems are declined as follows : — 

Lapis {xti,^^ stone, 
stem lajxld-. 

Singular Plural 
Nom, lapis . la'pides 
Gen, la'pidis la'pidum 
Dat. la'pidi lapi'dibus 
Ace. la'pidem la'pides 
Voc, lapis la'pides 
AbL la'pide lapi'dibus 



Rex (m.), king, 
stem reg-. 

Singular Plural 
rez regis 
regis regum 
regi re 'gibus 
regem reges 
rex reges 
rege re 'gibus 



Flumen (n.), river, 
stem flumin-. 

Singular Plural 
flumen flu'mina 
flu 'minis fiu'minum 
flu'mini flumi'nibus 
flumen flu'mina 
flumen flu'mina 
flu 'mine flumi'nibus 



70. 



VOCABULARY 



pes, pedis (m.), foot, 
princeps, pri'ncipis (m.), chief, 
mfles, mi'litis (m.), soldier, 
arbor, a'rboiis (f.), tree, 
victor, victd'xls (m.), victor, 
virtus, virtu'tis (f.), courage. 



caput, ca'pitis (n.)> head, 
dux, duois (m.), leader, 
corpus, co'rpoiis (n.), body, 
nomen, no 'minis (n.), name, 
munus, mu'nerls (n.), gift, 
tempus, te'mpoiis (n.), time. 






GLADIUS 




71. Spell and define : — 


. 




principal corporal 


remunerate 


pedal 


military nominal 


arborescent 


capital 


prince cognomen 


decapitate 


duke 



30 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 24 
72. THIRD DECLENSION (GENDER) 

Rules for gender, classed by the nominative endings : — 

I. Masculine endings are -5, -or, -o«, -er, -es (gen. -idis, 
-itls); as — 



homo, ho 'minis, man, 
honor, hond'xia, honor. 



pater, patris, father. 
miles, mi'litifl, soldier. 



But nouns in -do and -go, also abstract and collective nouns in -io, 
are feminine. 

2. Feminine endings are -as (gen. -atis), -es (gen. -is), -is, -ys, 
-X, -s (following a consonant), -us (gen. -utis or -udis) ; as — 

navis, navis, ship. mrbs, mrbis, city. 

aetas, aeta'tis, age. virtus, virtii'tis, courage. 

lux, luois, Ught. le'gio, legi5'nis, legion. 

3. Neuter endings are -e, -o, -1, -n, -t, -ar, -ur, -us, -us 
(gen. -eris or -oris) ; as — 

mare, maxis, sea. flumen, flu'minis, river. 

▼ulnus, vu'lnexis, wound. tempus, te'mpoxla, time. 



73. Give the gender of the following nouns : — 



I. 


classis. 


-is, fleet. 


10. 


nox, 


noctis, 


night. 


2. 


Ktus, 


-oris, shore. 


II. 


turris, 


turris, 


tower. 


3- 


comes. 


-itis, companion. 


12. 


pedes. 


peditis. 


foot soldier. 


4. 


pars. 


partis, part 


13- 


miles, 


mllitis, 


soldier. 


s. 


ci'vitas, 


-atis state. 


14. 


caput, 


capitis, 


head. 


6. 


imber. 


-bris, rain. 


IS- 


corpus. 


corporis 


, body. 


7- 


ra'tio, 


-onis, reason. 


16. 


pastor, 


-oris, 


shepherd. 


8. 


clamor, 


-oris, shout. 


17. 


n5men, 


-inis, 


name. 


9- 


frigus. 


-oris, cold. 


18. 


orator, 


-oris. 


orator» 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



31 



LESSON 25 



74. PERFECT TENSES, INDICATIVE ACTIVE 



I. 
2. 

3- 
1. 
2. 



ama'vi 
amavi'sti 
ama'vit 
ama'vimuB 
amavi'stis 
amave'nmt 
or 



ama V- 
monu- 
te'x- 
audiV- 



eram 

eras 

erat 



monu- 

te'x- 

audiV- 



ero 
exis 
erit 



Perfect 
AmS'vX, / loved or have loved. 



monui 

montd'sti 

mo'nuit 

monuWuB 

montd'stiB 

monue'runt 

or 
monue're 



tejd 

tezi'sti 

tezit 

te'zimuB 

tezi'stiB 

teze'runt 

or 
teze're 



audi'vi 

audivi'sti 

audi'vlt 

audi'vimuB 

audivl'stiB 

audive'runt 

or 
audive're 



Pluperfect 
Amft'veram, / had loved, 
amav- 



Endings 
-£ 

-isti 
-it 

-imus 
.istlB 
enint 
or 
-Sre 



monu- 

tez- 

audiv- 



era'muB 
era'tlB 



ama'v- 
monu'- 
te'x- 
audiV- 



FuTURE Perfect 
I'verS, I shall have loved 
amav- ' 

menu- e'xlmuB 
tex- e'ritiB 
audiv- , 



monu- 

te'x- 

audi'v- 



erant 



exint 



75. Write the same tenses of porto, habeo, doceo, rego, rule (3), 
^gno, reign (i). Give the English meaning of each tense. 

In English, the incomplete or progressive form of a tense denotes 
continued action : / was advising^ J had been advising. 

Another form includes the auxiliary verb doy and is called the 
emphatic form : / did advise. 



32 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



76. 



LESSON 26 
ANECDOTE I 



Carolus, agricolae filius, puer bonus erat sed amicos malos 
amabat. Agricola igitur puero calathum p5m5rum plenum dat. 
Bona erant multa poma, pauca tamen putrida. Puer donum 
diligenter curat, sed poma mala maculant bona, et mox mala 
sunt cuncta. Turn agricola fflium ita monet: "Poma mala 
maculant bona, certe mali amid maculabunt puerum bonum." 



77. 



VOCABULARY 



euro (i), take care of. 
ma'culo (i), spoil or spoU 
paucuB, -a, -um, few. 
ounctuB, -a, -um, all, 
turn, adv., then. 



oalathuB, -i, basket. 
p5mum, -i, apple. 
tamen, but^ however. 
pu'triduB, -a, -um, rotten. 
diligenter, adv., carefully. 



Note ounotus (con-iunctus, from iungo, to Join') y whole, as com- 
posed of parts joined together ; totus, originally whole, entire. 



78. Write in Latin : — 

1. Once-upon-a-time a farmer had a son. 

2. The son had a basket of apples, 

3. The son's name was Charles. 

4. Bad apples will always spoil good ones^ 

5. Farmers do not always give baskets of 
apples to boys and girls. 

79. Spell and define : — 

monitor monument admonition 

immaculate paucity 4:urator 




CALATHUS 



premonition 
amicable 



1 Omit. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 33 

LESSON 27 

80. PRONOUNS 

1. In the story of Charles and the apples, the nouns are 
repeated in every sentence. To avoid this repetition, pronouns 
are used ; first of all, personal pronouns : — 

ego,// noB,w^: tvi, you (sing.) ; ^roB, you (jplur.) : \B,he; Hotkey, 

2. Demonstrative pronouns are hio, this ; Ule, iste, that; is, 
that or he^ used as the personal pronoun of the third person. 

3. The relative pronoun is qui, who, with many compounds ; the 
interrogative is quis. 

81. DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS 



Norn. 


ego,/ 


nos, we 


\xL,you 


vos, you 


Gen, 


mei 


nostrum or -tri 


tui 


vestrum or -tri 


Dat 


mihl 


nobis 


tibi 


vobis 


Ace. 


me 


nos 


te 


vos 


AM. 


me 


n5bis 


te 


v5bis 



Sul (reflexive), of himself ^ etc. (sing, andplur.). 
Nom, — Gen. sui Dat. sibi Acc.^ Abl. se or sese 

The nominative of the personal pronouns is used chiefly for 
emphasis or contrast. The genitive seldom occurs, as its place 
is filled by the possessive adjectives : — 
mens, my ; tiivm,your (sing.) ; suus, his, hers, theirs, etc. ; noster, 

our; vester, your (adjectives of the first and second declension). 

82. Translate: — 

1. Ego rosas rubras amo, tii albas amSs. 

2. Et ego et tu liberi sumus. 

3. Carolus se laudat ; ego et tu nos non laudamus, 

4. Tu semper mihi carus eris. 

5. Hic equus niger est ; ille, albus. 

EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 3 



34 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 28 

83. ANECDOTE II 

Haedus, in tect5 stans, lupo maledicit. Lupus statim didt, 
^^Non tu sed locus tuus mihi maledicit." 
Saepe locus et tempus homines dmidos reddunt temerarios. 

84. VOCABULARY 

haeduB, -i (m.) , kid. homo/ho'minis (m. and f.) , man. 

teotom, -i (n.), roof. ti'meo (2),/r^r, be afraid of . 

loouB, -i {m,), place. ti'midua, -a, -um, timid. 

reddo (3), render. maledi'oo (3), curse. 

dico (3), say. statim, adv., immediately. 

stansy stantiSy standing. benedi'oS (3), bless. 
temera'iluB, -a^ -um^ bold, rash, puto (i), think. 

85. Write in Latin : — 

1. The wolf saw the kid on the roof. 

2. Kids are timid animals. 

3. A good place will often make timid animals bold. 

4. This kid was on a high place. 

5. Therefore he was not afraid of the wolf. 

86. Spell and define : — 

temerity humanity locality benediction 

timidity temporsd lupine malediction 

Name other words derived from locus; from homo. From 
what verb do you suppose that tectum is derived? Define pro- 
tect; detect. 



Note. — In all reading lessons, aim at quick recognition of cases. Plro- 
noonce the Latin words, naming each case, before attempting to translate. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 35 

LESSON 29 



87. 


DEMONSTRATIVE 


i PRONOUNS 






Singular 


I8,ea, 


id,/>^ 


ox that. 


Plural 






M. F. 


N. 




M. 


F, 


N. 


Nom. 


is ea 


id 




ttorii 


eae 


ea 


Gen. 


eiuB eiuB 


eiuB 




eo'mm 


ea'mm 


eo'mm 


Dat 


ei ei 


ei 




eiBOriis 


eiBoriiB 


eisoriii 


Ace. 


eum earn 


id 




eo8 


eas 


ea 


Abl. 


eo ea 


eo 




eisoriis 


eisoriis 


eisoriii 



I. When the suffix -dem is added, this pronoun means ^e 
same. The nominative becomes — 

idem e'adem idem 

In the accusative singular and the genitive plural, final m is 
changed to n before the d. 

Write out the declension of idem. 

88. Translate: — 

1. Ego et tu in eadem urbe sumus. 

2. Eadem et nobis et vobis cara sunt. 

3. In me et in te est Idem animus. 

4. Multi homines de eisdem non eadem putant 

5. Hie puer bonus est, ille malus. 

89. QUESTIONS 

What cases of is are like the cases of bonus with respect to 
their terminations? 

Which is easier to say, eimidem or eimdem? 

What do you notice about the order of the pronouns in the 
first sentence? How is it in English? 

Can you determine the gender of urbe from the first sentence 
without knowing special rules? 



36 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 30 
00. ANECDOTE III 

Fredericus, puer malus, animalia non amavit. Aliquando canem 
vexabat et pater ita eum monebat : " Canes acut5s dentes habent.*' 

Puer autem verba patris non audit et canis miseri caudam tor- 
quet. Tandem dextram pueri mordet canis iratus, et puer la- 
crimans patrem petit, "Ciir" inquit pater "meum consilium 
neglegebas?" 

91. VOCABULARY 

ura'tuB, -a, -um, angry, verbum, -i (n.), word, 
aliqua'ndd, once upon a time, consilium, -i (n.), advice, 

acu'tuB, -a, -um, sharp, dextra, -ae (f.), right hand, 

inquit, {he) says, peto (3), seek, run to. 

to'rqueo (2), tivist, pull, ne'glego (3), neglect, 

mo'rdeo (2), bite, vez5 (i), trouble, torment, 

la'cximo (i), weep, dens, dentia (m.), tooth, 

canis, -is (m. and f.), dog, puer, -i (m.), child. 

Note. — Canis, dog, and other names of animals, may be either masculine 
or feminine, according to the sex of the animal. These are said to be of com- 
mon gender. Lupus, wolft and haedus, kid, are masculine by form, without 
regard to the sex of the animal in question. These are called epicene. 

92. Write in Latin : — 

1. Dogs love their masters and their masters' children. 

2. Why do boys neglect their fathers* advice? 

3. Good boys will always listen to^ their father and mother. 

4. Many boys love animals and take care qf^ them. 

5. Men love dogs and horses. 

* Listen to = hear = audi5. • Take care of— cflrS (i). 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 37 

LESSON 31 

93. VERBS, PRINCIPAL PARTS 

In order to be able to find all forms of a verb, it is necessary to 
know the four from which all other forms are derived. These 
four are called the principal parts of a verb, and in the active 
voice are as follows : — 

1. The Present Indicative, showing the present stem. 

2. The Present Infinitive, showing the conjugation. 

3. The Perfect Indicative, showing the perfect stem. 

4. The Perfect Participle, showing the participial stem. 



1st Conj\ 


amo 


amaVe 


ama'vi 




2d Conj. 


mo'neo 


mone're 


mo'nui 


mo'nituB 


3d Conj, 


tego 


te'gere 


> tezi 


tectuB 


4th Conj, 


au'dio 


audi're 


audi'vi 


audi'tus 



The characteristic vowel of each conjugation is best observed 
before the -re of the present infinitive. 

Note. — To the third conjugation belong some verbs which have had 
i inserted in the present indicative active; as cap-i-5, / take^ infinitive 
oapere. 

94. Write the principal parts and the three stems of each of 
the following verbs : — 

Of the Jirst conjugation : 

aro oro canto specto 

euro ports laudo li'bero 

Of the second conjugation : 
ha'beo te'rreo {frighten) prae'beo {furnish) 

Review the perfect tenses of the four verbs givea 



38 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 32 
95. THE VERB SUM 









Indicative Mood 




Pres. 


sum 


es 


est 


stimiiB 


estis sunt 


Imp/. 


e'ram 


e'riui 


eW 


era'muB 


era'tis e'rant 


Fut. 


e'ro 


e'rlB 


e'rlt 


e'ximoB 


e'rltis e'nmt 


Pf^ 


fu'i 


fui'sti 


fu'lt 


fu'imuB 


fui'stis fue'nmt, -re 


Plupf. 


fu'eram 


fu'eras 


fu'erat 


fuera'muB 


fuerii'tis fu'erant 


F.Pf. 


fu'ero 


fu'eris 


fu'exit 


fue'xlmiiB 


fue 'litis fu'eiint 



Subjunctive Mood 
Pres, sim sis sit si'mus si'tis sint 

Impf, e'ssem e'sses e'sset esse'mus esse'tis essent 
Pf, fu'erlm fu'exls fu'exit fue'xlmus fue'rltis fu'exlnt 
Plupf. fni'ssem fni'sses fui'sset fuisse'mus fuisM'tis fni'ssent 

Imperative Mood 
Pres, eB, be you e^mtb, be ye ox you 

Fut 2. e'sto, j'^» must be esto'te,^^ must be 

3. e'sto, he must be su'nto, they must 

iNnNiTivE Mood 
Pres. e'sse, ^ be 

Pf, fui'sse^ to have been 

Fut. fore or futu'ms, -a, -um, esse^ to be about to be 

Participle 
Fut futn'msy -a, -um, about to be 

Note. — The verb to be is the most common verb in all languages ; in 
Latin, besides being used alone, it helps to fonn the perfect passive tenses 
of other verbs, and is therefore called an auxiliary verb. When perfectly 
learned, the entire verb can be repeated in thirty seconds. 

How many tenses can you repeat in one minute ? 
How many minutes do you require for all the forms? 



EAS1 


"JSS IN 

CO 


! LATIN 


41 


' 




, X 




CO 


3 


v/ ■• 


96. USES OF / 


^ 


r. 


d 


The subjunctive moi 




5 


^ving, and after 


I. Independently, i 






N^r known is 
^vjn English 


olaruB, lef Scipio be /i 






2. In dependent cl 




• 


V/ know 


(a) Purpose: scribf 


% 


^ 


« S 5 gv 


{d) Result : Ita viJ 






dear to us. \ 








{e) Cause : quae a 








{d) Indirect questu^. 








saying. 








(e) The subject or object 


of a verb : 


: 5rat ne 


abeas, he begs you 


not to go away. 








d and e are called substantive clauses. 





Note. — ** Use * ut ' for the infinitive 

With ask^ command, advise, and strive; 
But never be this rule forgot, 

Use * n6 ' for * ut * where there's a * not* " 



97. Write in Latin : — 

1. I beg them not to go away. 

2. We will write to warn you. 

3. Be it so. 

4. I ask what he is doing (fado). 

5. He will beg to see the king. 

Give five English sentences illustrating wish or command; 
purpose; result. 
Translate : — 

I. Matres puerps 5rant ne in pericula abeant. 

2« Pater filium rogavit quid faceret (ageret). 



40 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 34 

98. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD OF THE FOUR 
CONJUGATIONS 







Present Tense 




a 'mem 


a'mes 


a 'met ame'mus 


ame'tia a'mant 


mo'neam 


mo'neas 


etc. 




te'gam 


te'£^ 


etc. 






au'dias 


etc. 
Imperfect Tense 










amSreHii ama'rent 


mone'rem 


mone'res etc. 




te'gerem 


te'geres 


etc. 




audi'rem 


audiVes 


etc. 
Perfect Tense 




amaVerim 


•eriB 


-eiit amave'ilmiii 


amave'iitia ami Veilnt 


monu'eilm 




etc. 




te'zerim 




etc. 




audiVerim 




etc. 
Pluperfect Tense 






-i'sses 


•i'sset -issi'muB 


-iflse'tia -i'ssant 


monu'issem 




etc. 




tezi'ssem 




etc. 




audivi'ssem 




etc. 





99. Write out the subjunctive mood of — 

porto (i) p\igno,^gh^ (i) ha'be5 (2) te'rreo (2) 

Inflect, giving parallel forms in English, — 

amem, / may love ami Vexim, / may have loved 

anuiVem, / might love amivi'ssem, / might have loved 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 41 

LESSON 35 V^^ 

100. INDIRECT DISCOURSE (j^; 

After verbs of saying, thinking, knowing, perceiving, and after 
other verbs of similar meaning, the fact stated or known is 
said to be in Indirect Discourse, and is expressed in English 
by a clause introduced by the conjunction /haf; as / know 
that he is a good man. Equivalent to this is the expression 
sometimes used, / know him to be a good man. The latter is 
the form to be used in Indirect Discourse in Latin, having the 
subject of the subordinate clause in the accusative and the verb 
in the infinitive \ 2& he says that the boy ts good, didt puemm 
bonmn esse. 

I. The tenses of the infinitive denote present, past, or 
future time, relatively to the time of the verb on which they 
depend; as — 

He said that the boy was good (at that time). 
Dixit pueruxn bonmn esse. 

He said that the boy had been good (previously), 
Dudt puemm bonmn f nisse. 

He said that the boy would be good (in the future), 
Dixit puermn bonum futomm esse. 

101. Write in Latin : — 

I. He says that* we are fi-ee. 

2o They saw that* you were not angry. 

3. I see that * the roses are red and white. 

4. We see that* there* are many stars in the sky. 

5. The farmer said that* Charles was a good boy. 

Name some English verbs that require this construction. 
1 Not to be expressed in Latin. 



42 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 36 

102. ANECDOTE IV 
SIR WALTER RALEIGH 

Elisabetha, Britanniae regina, vestes splendidas gerebat. Forte 
magna cum caterva comitum per vicos urbis ambulabat Subit5 
ante pedes multum lutum videt. Regina stat incerta, quod viam 
lubricam timet. ' At iuvenis nov5 palli5 locum tegit. Laeta regina 
super pallium ambulat nee pedem maculat Statim iuvenem in 
numerum amicorum ascribit. 

103. VOCABULARY 

ger5 (3), seoBi, gestos, w^ar, bear. iuVenis, -is (m.), you0i. 

a'mbcdS (i), walk. pa'lUum, -i (n.), cloak. 

vi'deo (2), vidi, visus, see. inoe'rtns, -a, -um, hesitating. 

Bt5 (i), steti, BtatoB, stand. lu'bxiouB, -a, -um, slippery. 

ascri'bo (3), -Boripsi, -soriptus, iMixm^ -vl^ -vaoL^ joyful^ glad. 

enroll. su'bitS, suddenly. 

vestis, is (f.), clothing, garment. per, through. 

cate'rva^ -ae (f.), crowd. ante, before. 

vicuB, -i (ra.), street. super, on, over. 

lutum, -i (n.), mud. statim, at once. 

104. Name the case of each noun, the tense of each verb. 
Decline all the genitives. Inflect each verb in the tense given. 

105. Spell and define : — 

vestment juvenile lubricate gesture 

vestibule rejuvenate numerous visible 

Explain the meaning of suburbs. 

From Latin words used in this lesson, tell the meaning of — 

1. He will not try to palliate his faults. 

2. The table was immaculate. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



43 



LESSON 37 



io6. 



THE FOURTH DECLENSION 



Most nouns of this declension are masculine. 





GraduB (m 


.), step. 






Cornu (n.) 


, horn. 




Singular 


Plural 






Singular 


Plural \ 


Nom. 


graduB 


gradus 






oomu 


oo'mua 


Gen. 


gradus 


gra'duum 






oomuB 


oo'muum 


DaU 


gra'dui or -u 


gra'dibuB 






oomu 


oo'mibuB 


Ace. 


gradum 


graduB 






oomu . 


oo'mua 


Voe, 


graduB 


graduB 






comu 


co'rnua 


AbL 


gradu 


gra'dibuB 






oomu 


oo'rnibuB 


107. 


Decline : — 












fruotos 


{m.), fruit. 


sena'toB (m 


'.), 


senate. domiiB 


(f.), house. 


OUXTUS 


(m.), ehariot. 




hand. 


genu (n.), knee. 



1. DomuB, a house ^ has also forms o{ the second declension in 
all cases except the dative and ablative plural. Of the two geni* 
tives, domuB means of a house ^ while domi^ at home, is used as a 
locative. 

2. ArooB, boWf always has -ubua in the dative and ablative 
plural ; artus, Joint; lacua, lake ; portua, harbor; and veru, a 
spit, have both forms, -ubua and -ibua. This sometimes serves to 
distinguish arcua and artua from the third declension nouns arz, 
a citadel, and an, art (dative and ablative aVclbua and a'rtibuB) . 

3. Many perfect participles are used as nouns of this declen- 
sion: as — 



progre^BBUB, 


from 


progre'dior, 


to advance. 


oantuB, 


It 


cano, 


to sing. 


OUIBUB, 


ti 


curro, 


to run. 


adve'ntuB, 


t€ 


adve'nio, 


to come to. 


geWtuB, 


tt 


ge'mo, 


to groan. 


exe'rcltoB {army), 


it 


exe'roeo, 


to train. 



44 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 







LESSON 


38 




io8. 


THE 


FIFTH DECLENSION 




Res (f.), thing. 


Dies {m,kl),day. 


Fides {{.), faith. 


Singular 


Plural 


Singular 


Plural 


Singular 


Norn, res 


res 


dies 


dies 


fides 


Gen. rei 


reruxn 


diei 


die'mm 


fi'dei 


Dat rei 


rebus 


diei 


die'bus 


fi'dei 


Ace, rem 


res 


diem 


dies 


fidem 


Voc. res 


res 


dies 


dies 


fides 


Abl. re 


rebus 


die 


die'bus 


fide 



1. Res and dies are the only nouns of this declension that are 
complete in the plural. 

2. The following have the nominative and accusative plural : — 
a'cieSy an army ; fdi' cien, face ; gla'cies, ice; 
se'rles, a series; spe'cies, appearance; spes, hope, 

3. Dies and meri'dies {midday^ are usually masculine. All other 
nouns of this declension are feminine. 

109. Translate: — 

1. Omnis spes victoriae in militibus est. 

2. Caesar ante meridiem in acie pugnavit. 

3. Eodem die Gallos vicit et fugavit. 

4. Exercitus noster ducem hostium vincebat. 

5. Caesar in dextr5 comii milites su5s conlocat. 



no. 

oo'nloco (i), station. 

vinco (3), vici, victus, con- 
quer. 

fugo {i) , put to flight. 

acies (f.), an amiy in line of 
battle. 

omnis, -e, all. 



VOCABULARY 

eze'rcitus, -us (m.), a trained 

army. 
agmen, -inis (ago), (n.), an army 

moving. 
co'piae, -arum, troops , forces. 
comu, -u (n.), wing {of an army). 
dexter, -tra, -tnmi, right. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 45 



LESSON 39 

ffl. ROMAN HISTORY I 

Proca,rex Albanorum, filios duos habuit, Numitorem et Amulium. 
Numitori regnum reliquit sed Amulius fratrem suum eiecit et sibi 
regnum sumpsit. Filiam Numit5ris, Rheara Silviam, Amulius, ut 
fratrem subole privaret,^ Vestae sacerdotem fecit 

112. VOCABULARY 

regnum, -i, kingdom. privo (i), deprive. 

Bu'boles, -is, offspring. sumd (3), sumpsi, sumptos, take. 

Vesta, -ae, goddess of the home, ei'cio (3 ) , eie'ci, eie'ctus, cast out. 

BAoe'rdoB, -dbUB, priestess. reli'nquo (3), reli^qui, reli'otas, 

duo, -ae, -o, two, leave. 

coUis -is, hill. septem, seven. 

ut, in order, so that, to. facio (3), feci, f actus, make, do. 

113. Write in Latin : — 

1. Amulius deprived his brother of the kingdom. 

2. Rhea Silvia was the -daughter of Numitor. 

3. He will make the girl a priestess of Vesta. 

4. Numitor and Amulius were brothers. 

5. He drove out his brother to get the kingdom. 

6. Alba Longa was a town of Italy. 

7. Why did he drive out his brother? 

8. The river Tiber is in Italy. 

9. Rome is on the river Tiber. 

10. Rome had seven kings and seven hills. 

What do you know of words used in apposition ? What instances 
occur in this lesson? 

1 How are expressions denoting purpose written in Latin (96, a) ? 
How many different English phrases or clauses can you substitute for " to 
get the kingdom '' in sentence 5? 



46 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



^ 



LESSON 40 
114. ADJECTIVES — THIRD DECLENSION 

Acer, keen, stem aoxi-. 
Singular 



Norn. 
Gen. 
Dat 

Voc. 
Ace, 
AbL 



Norn. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Voe. 

Aec, 

AbL 



Nom. 

Gen. 

Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

AbL 



M. 

a'oer 



a'oer 
a'crem 



F. 

a'crls 
a'crls 
a'cri 
a'crls 



a'ore 



a'ore 
a 'ere 



Plural 

M.andF. N. 

adores a'oiia 

a'oximn 

a'cxibuB 
a'oris a'oiia 

a'oriSy -es a'oiia 

a'oxibuB 



Fortis, brave, stem forti-. 

M.andF. N. M.andF. N. 

fo'rtis fo'rte fo'rtes fo'rtia 

fo'rtis fo^rtlmn 

fo'rti fo'rtibtiB 

fo'rtis fo'rte fo'rtes fo'rtia 

fo'rtem fo'rte fo'rtis, -is fo'rtia 

fo'rti fo'rtibtis 



N. 



ntla 



Amans, loving, stem amanti-. 

M.andF. N. M.andF. 

a 'mans ama'ntes 
ama'ntis ama'ntiiim 

ama'nti ama'ntibtis 

ama'ntem amans ama'ntis, -es ama'ntia 



ama'ntibiis 



ama'nti, -e 



Note i. — Adjectives of two or three terminations in the nominative singu- 
lar have only -I in the ablative singular. 

Note 2. — Present participles used as participles or nouns have the case- 
ending -e in the ablative; used as adjectives, they have -1. 

115. Like amans decline: par, paiis, equal {to)', prudens, 
-e'ntis, wise, prudent; sa'piens, sapie'ntis, wise. 
Like fortis decline brevls, -e, short. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



47 



LESSON 41 

116. REGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES 

Adjectives in Latin, as in English, have three degrees of com- 
parison, positive, comparative, and superlative. 

117. The comparative of most adjectives is formed by adding 
-ior, and the superlative by adding -issimuB, -a, -um, to the stem of 
the positive, deprived of its final vowel ; as — 

PosmvE Comparative Superlative 

altos, high, a'ltior, higher^ altd'saimtiB, highest. 

feliac, happy, fell 'dor, happier, felici'sslmuB, happiest 

s, loving, ama'ntior, more loving, amanti'saimuB, most loving. 



Compare : 


— 








oama, dear. 




longos, long. 


latns, wide. 


prudens, wise. 


tristis, sad. 


dums, hard. 


118. Adjectives in -er 


add 


-limns to form the superlative ; as— 


aoer. 


a'crlor. 




aoe'nimns, 


sharp, etc. 


oeler, 


oele'xior, 




oele'riimns. 


swift, etc. 


miser, 


mlse'xior, 




mise'nimns. 


wretched, etc. 


asper, 


aspe'xior. 




aspe'nimns. 


rough, etc. 


119. Six adjectives in 


lis add limns ; as — 




fa'oiUs, 


facl'Uor, 




faci'Uimns, 


easy. 


diffl'oilis. 


difflcilior. 




difflci'lUmuS, 


difficult. 


si'milis, 


simi'Hor, 




simi'llimns, 


like. 


dissi'milis. 


disaimllioi 


'9 


disaimi'llimns. 


unlike. 


gra'cilis, 


graci'Hor, 




graci'llimns, 


graceful, slender. 


hu'mllis. 


humi/lior. 




liumillimus, 


humble, lowly. 



120. Make a list of English words derived from these adjec- 
tives. Example : acer {sharp), acid, acrid, acute. 



48 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 42 



X2X. 



IRREGULAR COMPARISON 



Positive 


Comparative 


Superlative 




bonus 


me'llor 


o'ptimus 


good 


main» 


peior 




bad 


magnuB 




ma'zimus 


great 


multus 


plus 


plu'ilmus 


much, pi. many 


parvus 


minor 


n}i ^nlmyii^ 


small 



122. Adjectives ending in -diousy -ficus, -volus, are compared 
like the participles from which they are derived ; as — 

bene'ficus benefice'ntior beneficenti'saimus 

beneVoluB benevole'ntior benevolenti'saimus 

123« Many adjectives form their comparison by magis, more, 
and maxLme, most; as — 

ido'neuSy^/ magis ido'neus ma'zime idS'neus 

124. Some adjectives lack the positive, — 



(prae) prior * primus 

(ultra) ulte'rior u'ltimus 

(cia) cite'rior ci'timus 

(in) inte'rior i'ntimuB 

(prope) pro'pior pro'zimus 



{fore) former first 

{beyond) further last 

{on this side) hither hithermost 

{in) inner inmost 

{near) nearer next 



125. The comparatives exte'rior, outer, inte'rior, inner, infe'- 
rior, lower, and supe'rior, higher, with their corresponding super- 
latives e'xtimus, i'ntimus, i'mus, su'mmus, often denote not what 
object, but what part of it is meant ; as summus mons, the top 
of the mountain. 



126. Translate :- 
{a) interior domua. 



(^) 



r 



mons. {c) in summo monte. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



49 



127. 



LESSON 43 
ROMAN HISTORY II 



Rhea Silvia geminos edidit Romulum et Remum. Hos pueros 
ill alve5 imposuit Amulius et in Tiberim abiecit. FlUmen tunc 
forte super ripas effusum erat et eos aqua in sicco relJquit. Vastae 
turn in eis locis s5litudines erant. Lupa, si fama vera est^ ad 
vagitum accurrit et matrem se gessit. 



128. 



VOCABULARY 



edo (3), -didiy -ditxiB, bear, 
impo'no (3), -poBui, -posttas, 
• place, 
abi'do (3), -ie'ci, -ie'otas^ throw 

away. 
effu'nd5 (3), -fu'di, -fu'sus, 

overflow. 
aoou'rr5 (3), -ou'wi, -ou'rauB, 

run to. 
se gerere, conduct one's self, act 

{/tke). 



geminuB, -i (m.), twtn. 
a'lveuB, -i (m.), boat, 
Tl'beiiB, -Is (m.), the Tiber. 
tunc, adv., then, at that time. 
sicoas, -a, -um, dry. 
vastus, -a, -um, vast, great. 
solita'do, -inis (f.), wilderness, 
lupa, -ae (f.), sJu-wolf. 
fama, -ae (f.), story, report. 
▼ems, -a, -mn, true. 
vagi'tos, -us (m.), crying. 



129. 



ENGLISH DERIVATIVES 



cmro, run : 


incur 


concur occur 


recur 


pono, place : 


position 


composition 


preposition 


ia'do, throw : 


inject 


object reject 


subject 



What others can you name? 



130. Write in Latin : — 

1. Rhea Silvia was the daughter of Numitor. 

2. The twins, Romulus and Remus, were the sons of kings. 

EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 4 



50 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 44 



X3X. 



CARDINAL NUMBERS 



I. unus, -a, -um 


12. duo'decim 


30. trigi'nta 


2. duo, -ae, -o 


13. tre'decim 


40. qua'dragi'ntS 


3. tres, tria 


14. quattuo'rdecim 


50. qui'nquagi'nta 


4. quattuor 


15. qul'ndecim 


60. se'xagi'nta 


5. quinque 


16. se'decim 


70. se'ptuagi'nta 


6. sex 


17. septe'ndecim 


80. oct5gi'nta 


7. septem 


18. duodevTgi'nti 


90. no'nagi'nta 


8. octo 


19. iindevigi'nd 


100. centum 


9. novetn 


20. vigi'nfi 


1000. mille 


10. decern 


21. vigi'nti unus 




II. un'decim 


22. vigi'nti duo, etc 


• 


I. The hundreds 


may be readily recognized by the ending 


-c(g)eiiti. They are declined like the 


plural of bonuB. 


2. What four months retain the numerical naqies given by the 


Romans? 






3. Define triangle, quadrilateraL 




NaiK.— The cardinal numbers from three to one hundred are indeclinable. 



132. DECLENSIONS 

UntiB has the genitive singular in -ins and the dative in -i in all 
genders. All other cases are like those of bonuB. 
Duo, tres, and milia, thousands^ are thus declined : — 

Nom, duo -ae -o tres txia milia 

Gen, duo'nun -a'nun -o'rum trium milium 

D,,AbL duolbus -al3us -o'bus tribus milibus 

Ace, duos or o doas duo tris or -es txia mi'lia 



133. Write in Latin : — 

1. Three soldiers ; three words. 

2. Two boys ; two girls ; two thousand. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



SI 



LESS6n 45 
134. ORDINAL NUMBERS (DECLINED LIKE BONUS) 



primus 

secu'ndus 

te'rtius 

quartus 

quintus 

sextus 

se'ptimus 

8. octa'vus 

9. nonus . 
10. de'cimus 



I. 
2. 

3- 

4. 

5- 
6. 

7- 



11. unde'cimus 

12. duode'cimus 

13. te'rtius de'cimus 

14. qua'rtus de'ciraus 

15. qui'ntus de'ciraus 

16. se'xtus de'ciraus 

17. se'ptimus de'cimus 

1 8. duodevice 'simus 

19. undevice'simus 



21. 

30- 
40. 

50- 
60. 

70. 

80. 

90. 

100. 

1000. 



vice'simus primus 

trice'simus 

quadrage'simus 

quinquage'simus 

sexage'siraus 

septuage'simus 

oct5ge'simus 

nonage 'simus 

cente'simus 

mille'simus 



The hundreds end in -oente'simus. 
Define quarto^ octavo^ i2mo^ i6mo. 



135- 



SIGHT TRANSLATION 



Primus rex Romae erat Romulus; secundus, Numa; tertius, 
Tullus Hostllius; quartus, Ancus Marcius; quintus, Tarquinius 
Priscus ; sextus, Servius Tullius ; Septimus, Tarquinius Superbus. 
Septem reges erant et postea consules duo pro rege uno, ut, ^ 
unus malus esset, alter,^ similem potestatem^ habens, eum coer- 
ceret.' Sub Servio Tullio Roma habuit capita LXXXIII milia 
civium RomiLn5rum, cum eis qui in agris erant. Hi septem reges 
annos ducentds quadriiginta tres regnabant. 

136. Write in Latin : — 

1. Who was the first king of Rome? 

2. Numa was the best king. 

3. There were consuls instead of (pr5) kings. 



1 Altar, altera, altemm, ^e other, < Poteatfts, -fttia, power. 

* Co^oaO (2), restrain. 



52 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 46 
137. PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS, INDICATIVE MOOD 







Present Tense 








I am loved, etc. 








SINGULAR 




I. 


a'mor 


ama'xlB or -re 


ami 'tor 


2. 


mo'neor 


mone'iis or -re 


mone'tor 


3- 


te'gor 


te'geria or -re 


te'gitar 


4- 


a'udior 


audi'iis or -re 

PLURAL 


audi 'tor 


I. 


ama'mur 


nyyia^twlni 


ama'ntor 


2. 


mone'mur 




mone'ntur 


3- 


te'gimur 


tegi'mlni 


tegu'ntur 


4- 


audi'mur 


audi'mini 

Imperfect Tense 
Twos loved f etc. 

SINGULAR 


audiu'ntur 


I. 


ama'bar 


amaba'xis or -re 


amaba'tor 


2. 


mone'bar 


moneba'xlB or -re 


moneba'tor 


3- 


tege'bar 


tegeba'xlB or -re 


tegeba'tur 


4. 


audio "bar 


audiebi'xlB or -re 

PLURAL 


audieba'tor 


I. 


amaba'mtir 


amaba'miiii 


amaba'ntnr 


2. 


moneba'mtir 


moneba'mini 


moneba'ntur 


3- 


tegebaWur 


tegeba'miiii 


tegeba'ntor 


4- 


audieba'mur 


audieba'mlni 


audieba'ntnr 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



53 



t. ama'bor 

2. mone'bor 

3. te'gar 

4. a'udlar 



Future Tense 

/ shall be laved 

Lingular 

amal)exls or -re 
mone'beria or -re 
tege'xis or -re 
audie'xis or -re 



ama'bitur 
mone'bitur 
tege'tor 
audie'tor 



1. ama'bimtir 

2. mone'bimtir 

3. tegeWur 

4. audio 'mur 



PLURAL 

amabi'miiii 
monebi'miiii 
tege'mini 
audio 'mini 



amabu'ntnr 
monebu'ntur 
togo'ntur 
audio 'ntur 



Present Tense Endings 
singular plural 



-or 



-lis 
(-re) 



-tur 



-mur 



-mini 



-ntur 



-bar 



-bor 



-ar 



Imperfect Tense 

-barls -batnr -bamur -bamini -bantur 

(-bare) 

Future Tense 

-boria -bitur -bimur -bimini -buntur 

(-bero) 

-exis -etur -emur -emini -ontur 

(-ero) 



138. Give the present tense, Latin and English, of each of the 
four verbs ; the imperfect tense ; the future tense. 
Give the three tenses of — 

oulpo, blame ; duoo, lead; do 'coo, teach. 

X39« Write in Latin : We are advised ; children are taught ; 
the shouts of the soldiers were heard ; they will not be loved. 



54 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 47 

X40. PASSIVE VOICE OF VERBS, INDICATIVE MOOD 
{Continued) 

Perfect Tense 
/ have been laved^ etc. 

SINGULAR PLURAL 

ama'tns \ ama'ti 

BurnuB 



mo'nitxui 

teotoB 

andi'toB 



moniti 
^ tecti 

andi'ti 



estis 
sunt 



Pluperfect Tense 

I had bun tavedy etc 

Participles as above, with eram, eras, etc. 

Future Perfect Tense 

I shall have been loved, etc. 

Participles as above, with ero, eria, etc. 

Z41. The perfect and future participles are declined like bonus, 
and must be varied in gender, number, and case to agree with the 
subject of the verb ; as — 

The boys were warned, pneri moniti sunt. 
The girls were warned, pueUae monitae sunt. 

He says that the boys were warned, 
Didt pueroB monitos esse. 

He says that the girls were warned, 
Didt paellas monies esse. 

Rule. — The voluntary agent after a passive verb is expressed by 
Ae ablative with a or ab. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



55 



142. Write in Latin : — 

1. The slaves had been freed by their master. 

2. Many wars were carried on (gero) by the Romans. 

3. Numa was loved by the Romans. 

4. Victoria, queen of Britain, has been praised by many. 

5. Gaul was conquered by Caesar. 



143 







LESSON 48 




J. 


PASSIVE 


VOICE, SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present Tense 

SINGULAR 


MOOD 


1. 


a'mer 


ame'rls or -re 


ame'tur 


2. 


mo'near 


monea'rls or -re 


monea'tur 


3- 


te'gar 


tega'rls or -re 


tega'tur 


4- 


au'dlar 


audiS'xis or -re 

PLURAL 


audia'tur 


I. 


ame'mur 


ame'mini 


ame'ntur 


2. 


monea'mur 


monea'mlni 


monea'ntnr 


3- 


tega'mur 


tega'mini 


tega'ntiir 


4. 


andia'mur 


audia'mini 


audia'ntur 




*-. 


Imperfect Tense 
singular 




I. 








2. 


moneVer 


monere'rls or -re 


monere'tor 


3- 


tegerer 


tegere'ris or -re 


tegere'tur 


4. 


audi'rer 


audire'rls or -re 


audire'tur 




etc. 


etc. 


etc. 



Perfect and pluperfect tenses are formed by the perfect passive 
participles with aim, sis, sit, simuB, sitia, sint ; and essem, 1 
eaaet, eaaemiui, eaaetia, eaaent. 



56 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

144. Tenses denoting present or future time are called primary 
tenses and must be followed in dependent clauses by the present 
or perfect subjunctive. Those denoting past time are called sec- 
ondary, and are followed by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. 

145. I. Write the subjunctive present of — 

lando (i) dnoo (3) dooeo (2) Tenio (4) 

2. Write the imperfect of — 

oanto (i) BoribS (3) 

3. Give the Latin for — 

1. I hear; I heard; I had heard. 

2. He hears ; he heard ; he will hear. 

3. We heard ; we had heard ; we may hear, 

4. I might hear ; I might have heard. 

5. We shall hear ; we shall have heard. 

6. We have heard ; you have heard. 



LESSON 49 X 

146. ACTIVE VOICE. IMPERATIVES OF TH!^ FOUR 
CONJUGATIONS 







Present Tense 




^ 






Love thouj etc. 




\ 




I 


II 


III 


IV 


Sing, 2. 


a'ma 


mo'ne 


te'ge 


au'di \ 


PL 2. 


ama'te 


mone'te 

Future Tense 


te'gite 


audi'te* 






Thou shalt love, etc. 


1 


Sing. 2, 3. 


ama'to 


mone'to 


te'gito 


audi'tsm^ 


PL 2. 


amat5'te 


moneto'te 


tegito'te 


audita '^F 


3- 


ama'nto 


mone'nto 


tegu'nto 


audiu'nt^ 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



57 



Infinitives 

I. To love, 2. To have loved, 3. To be about to loveytXc. 

Pres, ama're mono 're te'gere audi're 

Peff, amavi'sse monui'sse tezi'sse audivi'sse 

Fut amatu'ruB esse monita'niB teotu'rua audita 'ma 



Participles 
Loving and about to lovey etc. 



Pres. 


a'manB mo'nenB 


te'genB 


au'diSna 


Fut. 


amatu'ruB, -a, -um monitu'rua 

Gerunds 


teotu'rus 


audita 'nis 


Gen. 




tege'ndi 


audie'ndi 


Dat 


9ma!nAOy for loving etc. 


etc 


etc. 


Ace. 


ama'ndum, lovir^ 






Abl. 


aman'do, by loving 

Supines 






Ace. 


ama'tom, to love mo'iiitum 


tSotnm 


audi'tum 


Abl. 


ama'tu, to be loved mo'nitu 


teotu 


audi'tu 






147. The gerund is a verbal noun corresponding to the English 
verbal noun in -ing. It is declined as a neuter noun of the second 
declension, having four cases, the nominative being supplied by 
the infinitive : vldere est credere, seeing is believing. 

148. Participles are used as adjectives, agreeing with the nouns 
they limit. They also have the nature of verbs, in that they 
govern nouns : solem videns, beholding the sun. 

149. The future participle and the accusative of the supine 
are occasionally used to denote purpose : — 

ibant regem visuri 
ibant regem visum , 



■]th.y 



were going to see the king. 



Note. — Hereafter the accent placed on the accented syllable in preceding 
lessons will be omitted except in special cases. 



58 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



LESSON 50 



150. 



ROMAN NAMES 



I. 
2. 
3. 
4. 



A Roman generally had three names : — 

The Praenomen, his personal name ; as MarouB. 
The N5men, the name of his tribe ox gens ; as Talliiui. 
The Cognomen, the name of his family ; as Cicero. 
Sometimes a fourth was added to indicate some distinction 

or peculiarity ; as Publios Cornelias 

Scipio AfrlcanuB, from his exploits 

in Africa. 

5. The cognomen often originated 

in the same way : — 

Cicero, from cioer, on account of a 
wart about the size of a pea. 

Scipio, a staffs a name given to Pu- 
blius Cornelius, because he sup- 
ported his blind father when he 
came into the senate. 

Rufos, red haired. 

Naso, one who has a big nose. 

Capito, big head, 

daudios, lame, 

FabrlciuB, Smith. 
ngolos, Potter^ etc. 

6. The praenomen often has a meaning : — 
Mjaxoxm^a hammer. Axlv^^a flute. QyaxAxA^fifth. SeztuB,^/!x/^,etc. 




SCIPIO AFRICANUS 

Albos, white. 
Niger, black. 



151. Girls generally had only the name of their gens : — 
The daughter of Gains lulius Caesar was lulia. 
The daughter of Marcus TuUius Cicero was Tullia. 
The daughter of Publius Cornelius Scipio was Cornelia. 
Younger daughters would be lulia seounda, tertia, quarta, etc. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



59 



452. ABBREVIATIONS USED INSTEAD OF THE 
PRAENOMEN 

A.y Aulas M,, MarouB P., Publius 8., Sextos T., Titus 
C, Qaius Cn., Gnaeus Q., Quintns £ler., Servius Tl., Tiberius 

Note, — C, originally the same letter as Q.» stands for Gftios. 



153. 



LESSON 51 



ENGLISH LESSON — DERIVATIVES 



Nouns and adjectives have a diminutive form ending in : — 

-lus -la -lum 

-ulus -ula -ulum 

-cuius -oula -oulum 



fOi'olus, /iUle son, 


from 


niius, son. 


Ubellus, /i/fU book, 


tt 


liber, dook. 


versiculus, little verse, 


(( 


versus, verse. 


avunoulus, uncle, 


t( 


avus, grandfather. 


gladi'olus, a flower, 


it 


gladius, sword. 


puella, girl, 


ti 


puer, boy. 


corolla, garland, 


tt 


corona, crown. 


canicula, a little dog, 


tt 




Give the meaning of: — 






libel versicle 


canticle animalcule 



2. 



154. Adjectives ending in -az 
generally one that is faulty; as — 
Latin 
audaz, from audeo, dare, 
ferox " iersL, a wild deast, 
loquax " loquor, speak, 
pugnax " pugno, Jight, 
tenax '' teneo, hold, 



or -ox express a tendency, 

English 
audacious, too bold. 
ferocious, too fierce. 
loquacious, too talkative. 
pugnacious, too full of fight. 
tenacious, too grasping. 



6o EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

155* Spell and define : — 

capacious veracious foliaceous 

Decline audlx ; ferox. Compare them. 



LESSON 52 

156. PASSIVE VOICE. IMPERATIVES OF THE FOUR 
CONJUGATIONS 





Present 






Be thou lavedy etc. 




I 


II III 


IV 


Sing. 2, amaVe 


mone're te'gere 


audi're 




mone'mini tegi'mini 


audi'mini 



Sing. 2. 

3. 

Pi. 3. 


ama'tor 
ama'ntor 


I. Pres. 


I. To be. 
ama'ri 



Future 
Thou shalt be Urvedy etc. 
mone'tor te'gitor audi'tor 

mone'tor te'gitor audi'tor 

mone'ntor tegu'ntor audin'ntor 

Infinitives 
2. To have been. 3. To be about to be. 
mone'ri tegi audi'ri 

2. Perf. ama'tus OMe mo'nitus ease teotus ease audi'tua esae 

3. Put. ama'tom iri mo'nitam iri tectum iri audi'tum iri 

Participles 
Perf. Loved or having been loved. Fut. To be loved. 
Petf. ama'toa mo'nitua tectua audi'tua 

Fut. ama'ndua mone'ndtui tege'ndua audie'ndua 

157. Translate: — 

Secundo anno iterum Tarquinius Roraanis bellum intulit. Por- 
senna, rex Tusciae, ei auxilium ferebat et paene R5mam capiebat. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 6i 

Porsenna autem anno tertio pacem cum Romanls fecit et Tarqui- 
nius Tusculum se contulit. 

158. Give the principal parts of intulit, ferebat, oontulit. 
Decline paz, pads, peace, omitting the genitive plural.^ Write 
in Latin : — 

1 . Porsenna made war on Rome. 

2. The Romans cast out Tarquin from the city. 

fero, ferre, tuli, latus, fo bear, auxUium, -i (n.), aid. 

bellum inferre (with the dative), to make war upon. 
86 oonferre, to betake one^s self. 



LESSON 


53 




FORMED AND COMPARED 


Adverb 


Comparative 


Superlative 


care 


cariuB 


caxlsBime 


misere 


misexiuB 


miserxlme 


acriter 


acrios 


aoexilme 



159. ADVER 

Adjective 
oarus, dear « 
miser, wretched 
acer, eager* 

1. In adjectives of the second declension the adverb is formed 
by adding -e to the stem, removing the final vowel. In the third 
declension, -ter is added to the stem. 

2. The comparative and superlative of the adverb are derived 
from the comparative and superlative of the adjective : — 

Adjective. bonuB melior optimuB good 

Adverb. bene melius optime well 

3. The comparative of the adverb is the same as the neuter 
singular of the comparative of the adjective. Therefore, an 
irregular adjective will cause an irregular adverb : — 

male peios pessime ill 

multom plus pluximum much 

^ Most monosyllabic nouns of the third declension lack the genitive plural^ 



62 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

x6o. like oams compare adverbs from — 
longiiB gratus latus avidxm, greedy firmiui 

Like acriter^ compare — 
faxtitmr, drave/y; dShg^tmr, diHgen^y; ^d&iter, /aUh/ulfy. 

I. The accusative and ablative cases are often used as adverbs : 
mQltam, much; multo^ (Jfy) much. 



LESSON 54 
l6x. ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 

1. Instead of a subordinate clause, to express time, cause, man- 
ner, condition, or circumstance, an ablative phrase is sometimes used 
in Latin and is called the Ablative Absolute. The phrase consists 
of a noun and a participle, the noun taking the place of the sub- 
ject and the participle of the predicate : — 

bello Hnito, when the war was over. 
urbe condita, when the city was founded. 

2. As the verb sum has no present participle, twa nouns or a 
noun and an adjective may form an ablative absolute : — 

-. , , f when Caesar was consul. 

Caesare cSnaule i . ^, i i.'m x r^ 

\ tn the consulship of Caesar. 

162. Write in Latin : — 

1. When the census was taken,^ Rome had 83,000 citizens. 

2. Other* things being equal,^ we like the city. 

3. God willing,* we will go* home to-morrow. 

4. When Messala and Piso were consuls, Gaul was conquered. 

5. When Numitor had been driven out, Amulius reigned. 

census, -us, census. Piso, Pisonis, Piso. 
eacpello (3), e'zpuli, expulsus, drive out. 

1 habe5 (2). < pftr, paxls. ^ Ib5, fut. tense. 

3 oeterus, -a, -mn. * vol6ns, -entis. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



63 



163* 



LESSON 55 
ENGLISH LESSON. DERIVATIVES 



Adjectives in -osub and -lentus (Latin), -ose and -lent (English), 
mean fuU of. 

verbose, full of words^ from verbmn, word. 
lachrymose, full of tears ^ " laorlma, tear. 
jocose, full of jest, 
pestilent, full of disease, 
violent, full of force, 

Spell and define : — 

somnolent corpulent opulent fraudulent 



" iooQB, Jest 
" pestia, plague. 
*i vis, strength. 



164. The suffixes -arium, -toxlum, -soxlum (Latin), -ary, -tory, 
-sory (English), signify place. 

dormitory, from dorxnio, sleep 

lavatory, " lavo, bathe or wash firom verbs. 

laboratory, " laboro, work 

aquarium, from aqua, water 

aviary, " avis, bird from nouns. 

library, " liber, book 

Spell and define : — 
conservatory fiictory directory dictionary 



165. 



LESSON 56 
IRREGULAR VERBS 



The most common verbs in all languages are generally irregular 
in conjugation. (Why?) Sum is the best example of this; and 
next to sum in importance are the following : — 



64 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 









Subjunctives 


ENGLISH 




Principal Parts 






Present 


Imperfect 


lam able 


poMmn^ 


POMG 


potui 




posaim 


poBsem 


I go 


eo 


ire 


iviorii 


itmn 


earn 


irem 


Iwish 


volo 


veUe 


volui 






vellem 


I do not wish 


nolo 


nolle 


nolui 




nolim 


nollem 


/prefer 
I become 


malo 


malle 


malm 




m?11m 




fio 


fieri 


f aotus smn 




Ham 


fierem 


/bear 


fero 


ferre 


tuK 


latos 


feram 


ferrem 


lam borne 


feror 


fern 


latussmn 




ferar 


ferrer 



The perfect tenses are regular, formed on the perfect stem 
potu-, volu-, etc. 

i66. Inflect the pluperfect indicative of each; the present 
subjunctive ; the imperfect subjunctive ; the perfect subjunctive ; 
the future perfect indicative. 



LESSON 57 
167. IRREGULAR VERBS, PRESENT STEM 

Indicative Mood 





singular 






PLURAL 




posamn 


potes 


potest 


possmnos 


potestis 


possmit 


volo 


vis 


vult 


volmnos 


vultis 


volunt 


nolo 


non vis 


non vult 


nolmnos 


non vultis 


nolmit 


malo 


mavis 


mavult 


n|qji|Tyii1ii^ 


mavultis 


malunt 


eo 


is 


it 


imos 


itis 


emit 



^ Possmn is compounded of the adjective potds, abUf and the verb smn. 
Whenever the verb begins with a vowel, the prefix is pot-; as poteram, 
poterd. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



65 





SINGULAR 




fero 


fers 


fert 


feror 


ferxis 


fertor 


fio 


He 


fit 


pot-eram 


-eras 


-erat 


vol-e 








nol-e 








mH-e 


•bam 


-bis 


-bat 


1 
fere 








fer-e-bar 


-baria 


-batur 


fi-e-bam 


-ebas 


-ebat , 


pot-ero 


-eris 


-eilt 


vol- 








nol- 


-am 


-es 


-et 


mal- . 








i-b5 


-bis 


-bit 


fer-am 


-es 


-et 


fer-ar 


-erls 


-etur 


fi-am 




-es 


-et 



PLURAL 

f exlmus fertls ferunt 

f exlmur f eilmini ferantar 

fimus fitia firmt 



-eramus 



-bamus 



-eratis 



-batis 



-exlmus 



-emus 



-eiltia 



-etia 



-erant 



-bant 



-bamur -bamlni -bantixr 
-ebamus -ebatia -ebant 



-erunt 



-ent 



•bimus 


-bitis 


-bunt 


-emus 


-etis 


-ent 


-emur 


-emini 


-entur 


emus 


-etis 


-ent 



Subjunctive Mood 



pos-sim 


-Sis 


-sit 


-simus 


.Bitis 


-sint 


vel-im 


-is 


-it 


-imus 


-itis 


-int 


nol-am 


-as 


-at 


-amus 


-atis 


•ant 


mal-im 


-is 


-it 


-imus 


-itis 


-int 


fer 

-am 

e J 


-as 


-at 


-amus 


-atis 


-ant 


fer-ar 


-iris 


-atur 


-amur 


-aminr 


-antur 


fi-am 


-as 


-at 


-amus 


-atis 


-ant 


poB-sem 


-ses 


-set 


-semus 


-setis 


-sent 


vel 














n51 


-lem 


-les 


-let 


-lemus 


-letis 


•lent 


mai . 
















EASY STEPS 


IN LAT. — 5 









66 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 





SINGULAR 






PLURAL 




1 

-rem 
far 


-res 


-ret 


-remuB 


-retis 


-rent 


fer-rer 


-rexis 


-retur 


-remur 




-rentur 


fie-rem 


-rea 


-ret 


-remiiB 

Participles 


-retia 


-rent 



potens, -entis, powerful 
volens, -entis, willing 
nolens, -entis, unwilling 



ferens, -entis, carrying 
iens, euntia, ^oing 
fadendua, ferendua, to be done, 
borne 



Present 

poaae 

velle 

nolle 

malle 

ire 

ferre 

ferri 

fieri 



Infinitives 
Perfect 

potuiaae 
voluiaae 
noluiaae 
maluiaae 
ivlaae 
tullase 
latua eaae 
factua eaae 



Future 



iturua 
latorua eaae 
latum iri 
f aotmn iri 



l68. Give the Latin for : — 

I. I wish. 2. They were going. 3. They can go. 4. They 
will be willing. 5. They are not willing. 6. I prefer. 7. You 
have gone. 8. Go. 9. I am able to write. 10. We shall go to 
the city. 11. Bring us help. 12. He carried the boys to his 
cottage. 





ROMAN coins 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



67 



LESSON 58 
169. IRREGULAR VERBS, PERFECT STEM 



Indicative Mood 



PLURAL 



pot-n 

vol-u 

nol-u 

mal-u 

£.(v) 

tul 

latuB 

f actus 

pot-u 
vol-u 
nol-u 
mal-u 

i-(v) 
tul 

latus 1 
f actus j 

pot-u 

v61-u 

nol-u 

mal-u 

£-(v) 

tul 

latus 

factus 



-1 



-iBti -it 



-imuB 



-iBtia 



-erunt 



- sum 68 



est 



lati 
facti 



-eram -eras -erat 



eram eras erat 



sumus estia sunt 



-eratis -erant 



flati ] 

< ^ , \ eramus eratis erant 

[ f acti J 



-ero 



• ero 



-eris -erit 



erls erlt 



-eilmus 



•eritis -erint 



lati 
facti 



erimns exitis erunt 



pot-u 
vol-u 
nol-u ) 



Subjunctive Mood 
-exlm -erls -exit -exlmus 



-eiltis -erint 



68 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



mal-u 

l-(v) 
tul 
latus 
factua 

pot-u 

vd-u 

nol-u 

mal-u 

|.(v) 

tul 

latus 

faotus 



Present 

SING. PLURAL 

noli nolite 
1 ite 

fer ferte 

n nte 



SINGULAR 

-erlm -eris -erit 
aim warn ait 



-iMem -isses -isset 



-eilmuB 



PLURAL 

-exltia -erlnt 



flati 
jfaoti 



.) 



simuB sitia aint 



-laaemua 



-iaaetia -iaaent 



flati 1 

{ . . r eaaemua eaaetia eaaent 

[faoti J 



Imperative Mood 

Future 

SINGULAR PLURAL 

nolito nolito nolitote nolunto 

ito ito it5te eunto 

ferto ferto fertote fenmto 



17a. Write in Latin : — 

I. I am going out of the city. 2. Horatius went first, carrying 
the cloak (palla, -ae). 3. We do not wish to go to Rome. 
4. Let there be light (luz). 5. I wish to go, you wish to remain, 
my brother wishes to write a letter. 6. We prefer to walk. 
7. You will soon be able to walk in the fields. 8. Caesar and 
Cicero became consuls. 9. The king will go into the city. 
10. I am not able to go. 11. I cannot go. 12. I prefer to re- 
main at home. 

Note. — After many English verbs the sign to of the infinitive is omitted. 
Some of these verbs are bid, do^ dare, lei, hear, think, feel, see; as, — 

I saw him do it. I heard him say it. 

I bade him tell me. I can not let you gQ, 



X 



^Y STEPS 



IN LATIN 



71 



The last example 4 
to allow you to go,*^ 

Boribo, Bcriberei 



en 

H 
en 






(^ius aliud dicit. 
^ ^ant. 

W 



171. 



EN4 



R 




1. Verbs endiiS 
as caleo, to be w{ 
called inceptives <l 
similar ending ; ai 

convalescet 
effervescent 

2. Verbs ending 
sideratives : em5 (j 
A? buy. 

3. Verbs ending in -1116 (i) denote feeble action and are called 
diminutives : canto, to singy cantillo, chirp or warble, 

4. Verbs ending in -to or -so denote frequent or intense action 
and are called intensives or frequentatives : ago, Move^ agito, 
shake or tremble ; ourro, run^ curso, to run about. 



^^A/wuiio \^)y to desire 



172. Spell and define : — 
agitate dictate hesitate 



pulsate 



captivate 



173. Name English words derived from the following verbs : — 

1. acciiso 9. occupo 17. ascendo 

2. armo 10. separo 18. descends 

3. honoro 11. sTgnifico 19. committo 

4. interrogo 12. regno 20. compello 

5. laboro 13. contineo 21. divido 

6. libero 14. retineo 22. evado 

7. navigo 15. respondeo 23. secedo 

8. numero 16. terre5 24. subscribd 



70 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 60 

174. IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES 

Six adjectives in -ub and three in -er have the genitive singular 
in -ius, and the dative singular in -i. These are : — 



aUus, 


another, totus, whole. 


alter, 


the other {of two) , 


nuUufi 


I, no one. ullus, any. 


neuter, neither. 


BOlUB, 


alone, unus, one. 


uter 


which {0/ two). 


Alius is declined : — 








Singular 




Plural 




M, F. I^, 


M, 


F, N. 


Nom. 


alius a'lia a'Uud 


a'lii 


aliae alia 


Gen. 


ali'us 


alio 'rum alia 'rum alio 'rum 


Dat 


a'lii 




a'liiB 


Ace. 


a'lium aliam a'liud 


a'UoB 


a'lias a'lia 


AbL 


a'Uo alia alio 




a'liiB 



Alter keeps the e in declension ; neuter and uter lose it. 
Alter also has a short penult, alte'rius. 

175. SYNONYMS 

1. Alter is used when one more is mentioned besides the one 
previously spoken of; alius has a difference implied: alius in 
aliam partem discedebant, they departed^ one going one way and 
another^ another. 

2. Ceteri and reliqui, meaning the others or the rest, are often 
used without distinction. Generally reliqui means the remainder 
after some have been deducted. 

3. Omnes, all, without exception , in opposition to unus ; cuncti, 
all combined {oon-iunoM) , in opposition to dispersi; cunctus and 
universus mean a whole made up of parts ; totus and integer mean 
a whole which may be broken up. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

176. Translate: — 

Alias aHam amat. AHos aliud didt. 
Fratres alter alterum amant. 
Alu ducem laadant, alu cnlpant. 
Hortensiiis cam reliqois bonis dWbos venit. 
Ceteiis paribas. Et cetera. 



71 



LESSON 61 



177- 



SPECIAL DECLENSIONS 





Senez (m.); 


Inppiter, 


Vto (f.), 


B5b (m. and f.), 




old man. 


Jupiter. 


strength. 


ox or ccw. 






Singular. 




Nom. 


senex 


lappiter 


▼IB 


bos 


Gen. 


senis 


lovis 






Dat 


seni 


lovi 




bovi 


Ace. 


senem 


lovem 


vim 


bovem 


AM. 


Bene 


love ' 


vi 


bove 






Plural 




N.,Acc., 


V. senes 




▼ireB 


boveB 


G. 


senmn 




Tmium 


bourn or bovum 


D,, Abl. 


senibuB 




viiibuB 


bobuB or bubuB 



178. Translate (Roman History III) : — 

Deinde R5mulus et Remus urbem in iisdem locis, ubi educati 
fuerant, condiderunt: sed orta est contentio uter nomen novae 
urbl daret/ eamque regeret^: adhibuere auspicia. Remus prior* 
sex vultures, Romulus duodecim vidit. Sic R5mulus, augurio 
victor, Romam vocavit. 



^ An indirect question takes its verb in the subjunctive. 
2 Prae or pr6, prior, pthaxxB, fore, former, Jirst. 



72 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



179» 
condo (3), -didi, -^Xxm, found, 

build. 
oAor (4), ortoB sum, arise, 
auBpiciumy -i (n.), an omeUy 

auspice. 
▼ultur, -mis (m.), vulture, 
augaiium, -i (n.), augury, 
ubi, adv., where, 
educo (i), bring up, 
contention -onis (f.), strife. 



VOCABULARY 

adhibeo (2), -hibui, -hibitiui, 

turn to, 
infanB, -antis, child, under seven 

years, 
puer, -i, child, from 7 to 16. 
adnleBoens,-enti8,^^/y/^, 16 to 18. 
luveniB, -is, youth, 18 to 24. 
vlr, man, 30 to 40. 
veto», old, 50 to 60. 
senex, old, after 60. 



180. 



LESSON 62 
ENGLISH LEgSON — DERIVATIVES 



Duco (3), diud, ductus, lead ox draw. 



duke induce 


aqueduct 


inductive 


duct produce 


viaduct 


deductive 


ductUe reduce 


conduct 


education 


Poro (3), tuli, lata», bear or 


carry. 




ferry infer 


circumference 


collate 


fertile offer 


* difference 


dilate 


refer prefer 


reference 


relate 


Fade (3), feci, facta», do or 


make. 




facile confection 


deficient 


benefit 


factor perfection 


efficient 


counterfeit ' 


factory affection 


proficient 


surfeit ^ 


Dico (3), diad, dictu», say 01 


• tell. 




verdict dictionary 


edict 


dictatorial 


diction jurisdiction 


predict 


benedict 


dictation contradict 


dictator 





1 Counterfeit va\ surfeit come to us from the Latin through the French. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 73 

Note. — These four verbs are much used in every language. "What reason 
can you give for this fact? Probably for this reason, the present imperative 
active loses the final e and takes the form 

die due fac fer 

This form is retained in compounds ; as, — 
Sdiic, bring out, 
odnier, compare (English abbreviation, cf^^ 



LESSON 63 

181. THE PERIPHRASTIC! CONJUGATIONS— ACTIVE 

The future active participle is used with the tenses of the verb 
sum to denote intention or futurity : amatunui sum, / am about to 
love. 

It is used with — 

sum, eram, ero, in the indicative ; 
aim, essem, in the subjunctive ; 
esse, in the infinitive. 

Pui and its compounds are sometimes used instead of sum. 

182. Translate: — 

1. Caesar copias suas moturus est. 

2. Morituri saliitamus. 

3. Caesar cum sola decima legione abiturus erat. 

4. Pro patria nostra pugnatiiri sumus. 

5. Ariovistus ad Caesarem legates missurus est. 

183. Give the Latin for : — 

1. I am going to write, to advise, to listen, to praise. 

2. We are about to go to Rome. 

3. He is about to fall,* to go. 

^ Greek, peri^phrasis, Latin, circumlocution, English, round-about speech, 
» caas (3), cecldl, oasurus. 



74 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

" O never translate, puer admodum care, 
*/ am going to plow ' ' Bum iens arare ' ; 
With * eo ' this verb has nothing to do. 
Be ' sum aratuniB ' the Latin for you." 



LESSON 64 

184, THE PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS— PASSIVE 

Commit to memory : — 

mihi Boribendum est, / must write. 
Ubi Bcribendum est^ you must write, 
ei Bcribendum eat, he must write, 
nobis soribendum est, we must write, 
vobis Bcribendum est, you must write, 
eia Bcribendum est^ they must write. 

The form Bcribendum is of the neuter gender, and indicates 
that in the translation the subject is "it," therefore the literal 
rendering is — 

// must be written by me^ by you, by him, etc. 

Rule. — With the participle in -dus the dative is used to denote 
the agent. 

The participle in -duB, also called the gerundive, used with the 
tenses of ease, forms the passive periphrastic conjugation, and 
denotes obligation or necessity. 

185. Write in Latin : — 

1. We must save (= aervo) our country.^ 

2. You must read this book^ (read = lego (3)). 

1 What is the subject when used with the gerundive? 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



75 



3. All men must die (die = morior) . 

4. The farmer must plow. 

5. I must go (eundum), they must go, we must go. 




ANCIENT ROMAN PLOW 



LESSON 65 
186. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS 

HIo, this 







Singular 






Plural 






M. 


F. 


N, 


M. 


F, 


N. 


Nom. 


hie 


haeo 


hoc 


hi 


hae 


haeo 


Gen. 




huiuB 




horum 


han^wt 


honim 


Dat 




huio 






his 




Ace. 


hiino 


banc 


hoc 


hos 


has 


haeo 


Abl. 


h5o 


hac 


hoc 




hiB 





nie, thaty iste, that, and ipse, self^ are declined like bonus, with 
the following exceptions : — 



M. F. N. 

Nom. ille ilia illud 

Gen. illi'us 

Dat. iUi 



M. F. N. 

iste ista istud 
isti'iis 
isti 



M. F j\r. 
ipse ipsa ipsum 
ipsi'us 
ipsi 



BGc refers to what is near the speaker in time, place, or thought, 
and is called the demonstrative of the first person. 



76 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



Iste refers to what is near the person spoken /b, and is called 
the demonstrative of the second person. 

Hie refers to what is distant from the speaker in time, place, or 
thought, and is called the demonstrative of the third person. 

ffio and ille, used in contrast, mean latter zxiA former. 

iBte often implies contempt ; ille, honor : — 

ille Cicero iste Catilina 

187. Write in Latin : — 

1. These men are our friends ; those, our enemies. 

2. These roses are red ; those are white. 

3. I will give this girl a trumpet ; that one a rose. 

4. That (wretch) Manlius was a friend of Catiline. 

5. That (glorious) orator Cicero saved Rome. 







LESSON 


66 


188. RELATIVE 


AND 


INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 




Singula» 






Plural 


M. 


F, 


AT. 




M. F. N-. 


Norn, qui 


quae 


quod 




qui quae quae 


Gen. 


cuius 






quorum quarum quorum 


Dat. 


cui 






quibuB 


Ace. quein 


quam 


quod 




quoB quaa quae 


Abl. quo 


qua 


quo 




quibuB 



Rule. — A relative agrees with its antecedent in gender and 
number y but its case depends upon the construction of the clause in 
which it stands. 

The interrogative has two forms, quia, substantive, and qui, 
adjective ; neuter, quid or quod : — 

Quia est homo, who is the man ? 

Qui est homo, what kind of man is he ? 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN JJ 

189. VOCABULARY 

(Compounds of qui and qois) 

quisquam, any one, aliquis, -qua, -quid, some one. 

quisque, every one, nescio quia, / know not who, = 

quidaxn, a certain one, qtiidam, some one, 

Aliquia has -qua instead of -quae in the neuter plural. 

Talis . . . qualis, such ,,, as, tot ,, , quot, as many . . , as, 
tantus . . . quantuB, as great . . , as, are called correlatives : — 
Quales duces, tales sunt milites, as the leaders, so are the soldiers, 
Quot homines, tot sententiae, as many minds as there are men, 
Qualis dominus, tales sunt servi, as is the master, so are the slaves. 



LESSON 67 

190. «CUM" CLAUSES 

1. Cum causal, meaning since, and cum concessive, meaning 
although, take the subjunctive in all tenses. 

2. Cum temporal, meaning when, takes the imperfect and plu- 
perfect in the subjunctive, other tenses in the indicative. 

191. Translate, naming the kind of clause : — 

1. Cum sit bellum civfle, ex urbe venite. 

2. Cum nihil habeamus, felices sumus. 

3. Cum venissent, in senatum introducti sunt. 

4. Cum Romae essem, Ciceronem audiebam. 

5. Cum. vita brevis sit, laboremus. 

6. Cum Caesar esset in Gallia, riimores belli audiebantur. 

7. Cum quattuor annos regnavisset, mortuus est. 

8. Cum id niintiatum esset, Caesar ab urbe profectus est, 

9. Peciiniam non dabat, cum posset. 

10. Dol5 pugnabat, cum par non esset armis, 

I^OTE. — These subjunctives are closely alUe4, 



78 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 68 

192. THE USES OF THE GENITIVE 

1. The genitive denotes possession : libri dceronis, Cicero's 
books, 

2. The partitive genitive denotes the whole of which a part is 
taken : nihil novi, nothing new. 

Cardinal numbers take an ablative with ex or de, instead of the 
partitive genitive : unus ez militibuB, one of the soldiers, 

3. The genitive is used with adjectives denoting desire, knowl- 
edge, memory, fullness, power, sharing, guilt, and their opposites : 
cupiduB gloriae, eager for glory , 

193. Translate: — 

1. Unus ex his decemviris erat Appius Claudius. 

2. Horum omnium fortissimi sunt Belgae. 

3. Patris iussii consulis filius occisus est. 

4. Ille peritus rei militaris erat. 

5. Tairquinii reges pleni superbiae erant. 

194. VOCABULARY 

decemvir, -i (m.), one of ten men occido (3), -cidi, -oibub, to kill, 

chosen as governors, superbia, -ae {{,), pride, 

Belga, -ae (m.), a Belgian, iuasus, -iiB (m.), command, 
peritus, -a, -mn, skilled, order, 

laua, laudis (f.), praise, parens, -entis (m.), parent, 

militaiis, -e, military, oura, -ae (f.), care, 

195. Write in Latin : — 

1. The Romans were skilled in miHtary matters. 

2. Roman soldiers were fond of praise. 

3. Three of the soldiers were brothers. 

4. A part of the soldiers came from the city. 

5. All soldiers are eager for glory. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 79 



LESSON 69 

196. USES OF THE DATIVE 

1. The dative denotes that to or for which anything is done : 
tlbi gratiaB ago, I give thanks to you. 

2. Verbs or adjectives including the idea expressed by to 01 /or 
take the dative : orede mlhl, believe me, i,e, give credence to me ; 
difficile mihi, difficult for me. 

The most common of these are verbs meaning to favor, help, 
please, serve, trust, and their contraries, also to believe, persuade, 
command, obey, envy, threaten, pardon, and spare. 

Give, for each of the foregoing verbs, an equivalent expression, 
including the preposition to ; as to favor = to show favor to ; to 
command =^ to give orders to. 

3. The dative is used with sum and similar verbs to denote 
possession : mihi est pater, / have a father, 

4. Two datives are used with a few verbs, one to denote the 
object to which, and the other to denote the purpose or end for 
which : patri honori est, he is an honor {for an honor) to his 
father. \ 

197. Translate : — 

1. Mihi carrus, tibi equus est. 

2. Romulus agros Sabin5rum urbl adiunxit. 

3. Tibi persuadebo ut id facias. 

4. Numa paci (peace) n5n bello favebat. 

5. Roman! flliis suls non indulgebant. 

6. Pueri parentibus curae sunt. 

7. Pater est mihi domi. 

adiungo (3), -iunxi, -iunotos, to annex, Join to. 
persuadeo (2), -suasi, -suasuB, to persuade, urge to, 
faveo (2), favi, fauturus, to favor, be partial to, 
indulgeo (2), -dulai, -dultus, to indulge, give way to. 



8o EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 70 
198. ENGLISH RECITATION 

Then out spake brave Horatius, 

The Captain of the gate, 
*' To every man upon this earth 

Death cometh soon or late. 
And how can man die better 

Than facing fearful odds 
For the ashes of his fathers 

And the temples of his Gods? 

" Hew down the bridge, Sir Consul, 
With all the speed ye may ; 

I, with two more to help me, 
Will hold the foe in play ; 

In yon strait path a thousand 
May well be stopped by three. 

Now who will stand on either hand 
# And keep the bridge with me?" 

Then out spake Spurius Lartius ; 

A Ramnian proud was he : 
" Lo, I will stand at thy right hand 

And keep the bridge with thee.*' 
And out spake strong Herminius ; 

Of Titian blood was he : 
" I will abide on thy left side, 

And keep the bridge with thee/' 

** Horatius," quoth the consul, 
" As thou sayest, so let it be." 

And straight against that great array 
Forth went the dauntless three. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



8l 



For Romans in Rome's quarrel 

Spared neither land nor gold, 
Nor son nor wife, nor limb nor life, 

In the brave days of old. 

— Macaulay*s " Lays of Ancient Rome." 



199. 



LESSON 71 
ROMAN HISTORY IV 



Lars Porsenna, rex Etriiscorum, infesto 
exercitu Romam venit. Primo impetu 
arcem cepit. P5ns sublicius iter paene 
hostibus dedisset, nisi unus vir, Horatius 
Codes, illo cognomine appellatus quod 
in alio proelio oculum amiserat, fortis 
atque strenuus fuisset. Is solus aciem 
hostium sustinuit, donee pons a tergo 
interrumperetur. Ponte rescisso, arma- 
tus in Tiberim desiluit et incolumis ad suos elves tranSvit^ 




200. 

infestuB, -a, -mn, hostile, 

impetus, -us (m.), attack, 

tergum, -i (n.), back ; a tergo, 
in the rear. 

proelitkm, -i (n.), battle. 

ooulus, -i (m.), eye, 

pons, pontis (m.), bridge. 

iter, itinerls (n.), road, pas- 
sage, 

donee, until. 

nisi, // not, unless, 

sublicius, -a, -um, of piles. 

strenuus, -a, -um, vigorous, 

EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 6 



VOCABULARY 

incolumis, -e, safe. 
trano (i), swim over. 
amitto (3), -misi, -missus, lose. 
sustineo (2), -ui, -tentus, with- 

stand. 
resoindo (3), -scidi, -scissus, 

cut down. 
intemunpo (3), -rupi, -ruptus, 

break down, 
desilio (4), 

down. 
arm5 (i), arm. 
appello (i), call. 



-ui, -sultus, leap 



82 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

Note. — " Description of the Tiber" (John Ruskin) : — 
" A thunderstorm swelled the Tiber yesterday, and it rolled over its mill 
weirs in heaps, literally, of tossed water, the size of haycocks, but black-brown 
like coffee with the grounds in it, mixed with a very little yellow milk. In 
some lights the foam flew like cast handfuls of heavy gravel " 



LESSON 72 

201. THE ACCUSATIVE CASE 

1. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the 
accusative : vlr multos annos domi vudt, the man lived at home 
many years, 

2. The place to which is expressed by the accusative with ad or 
in; names of towns, also domus and ruB (the country) ^ omit the 
preposition : dommn ite, go home. 

3. Verbs of asking, demanding, teaching, and celo, conceal^ take 
two accusatives, one of the person and the other of the thing : 
dooere pueros elementa, to teach boys their l-m-n^s (a-d-c^s). 

202. Translate: — 

1. Puer domum ibat. 

2. Ille tria passuum milia ab lurbe castra ponit. 

3. Consul ab urbe Athenas venit. 

4. Pueri puellaeque rus ibunt 

5. lulius Caesar, quaestor factus, in Hispaniam profectus est. 

6. Romulus urbem novam Romam ex suo nomine vocat. 

7. Camillus triumphans Romam venit. 

8. Tres dies ab Roma ad Genavam continenter iverunt. 

9. Romulus septem et triginta annos regnavit. 

rufl, ruriB (n.), the country, quaestor, -oris (m.), a quaestor 

proficiscor (3), profectus sum, or treasurer^ a Roman magis- 

set out trate. 

passus, -us (m.), pace ; mille triumpho (i), triumph. 

passuum, a mile. continenter, constantly. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 83 



LESSON 73 

203. THE ABLATIVE CASE 

1. The voluntary agent of a verb in the passive voice is put in 
the ablative with a ^r ab : Caesar a mDitibua amabatur^ Caesar 
was loved by his soldiers, 

2. Cause, manner, and means are expressed by the ablative 
without a preposition : occisus gladio, slain by the sword. 

3. Comparatives without quam are followed by the ablative. 

4. So are the deponent verbs utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vesoor. 

pater sapientior quam niius est, | the father is wiser 
pater sapientior filio est, J than the son, 

vita fmi, to enjoy life. 

Note. — Deponent verbs are so named because they " lay aside " the active 
fonn. They retain the active meaning, though they have the participles of 
both voices. 

204. Translate : — 

1. Patria mea carior vita est. 

2. S51 maior quam terra est. 

3. Tribiini a populo creati sunt. 

4. Urbs Roma a Gallis paene capta est. 

5. Galli tamen a Camill5 victi sunt. 

6. Remus a fratre su5 occisus est. 

7. Britannia maior quam Hibemia est. 

8. Caesar a Bruto gladio interfectus est. 

205. VOCABULARY 

utor, uta, usus sum, use, interfioio (3), -feci, -feotus, kilL 

fruor, frui, fructus, enjoy, quam, conj., than, 

fungor, -i, functus, use, perform, tribunus, -i (m.), tribune, 

potior, potiri, potitus, seize, creo (i), elect, make, 

▼escor, vesci, eat ox live upon, Hibemia, -ae (f.), Ireland^ 



84 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



Define : — 




utilize 


function fruit 


finition 


useful perfunctory 




LESSON 74 



usual 



206, ENGLISH RECITATION 

Read the entire poem and commit to memory ten lines : — 

Straightway Virginius led the maid a little space aside 

To where the reeking shambles stood piled up with horn and hide. 

Hard by a flesher on a block had laid his whittle down. 

Virginius caught the whittle up and hid it in his gown. 

And then his eyes grew very dim and his throat began to swell, 

And in a hoarse changed voice he spake, " Farewell, sweet child ! 

farewell ! 
The house that was the happiest within the Roman walls. 
The house that envied not the wealth of Capua's marble halls, 
Now, for the brightness of thy smile, must have eternal gloom. 
And for the music of thy voice, the silence of the tomb. 
Then clasp me round the neck once more and give me one more 

kiss. 
And now, mine own dear little girl, there is no way but this." 

With that he lifted high the steel, and smote her in the side, 
And in her blood she sank to earth, and with one sob she died. 

When Appius Claudius saw that deed, he shuddered and sank 

down. 
And hid his face some little space with the comer of his gown, 
Till with white lips and bloodshot eyes Virginius tottered nigh 
And stood before the judgment seat^ and held the knife on high. 
" Oh ! dwellers in the nether gloom, avengers of the slain ; 
By this dear blood I cry to you, do right between us twain; 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 85 

And e'en as Appius Claudius hath dealt by rae and mine, 
Deal you with Appius Claudius and all the Claudian line." 

Appius Claudius was the chief of a Council of Ten to which the 
state had been committed. He attempted, by means of one of his 
cUents, to take by force a beautiful young girl, the daughter of a 
soldier. This client, Marcus, seized the girl as a slave, and the 
case was tried before Appius, who of course decided in favor of 
the claim, but the girl was saved from servitude and dishonor by 
her father Virginius, who stabbed her in the sight of the whole 
Forum. This was the signal for a general rebellion, and Appius 
escaped the executioner only by committing suicide. 

— - Macaulay's " Lays of Ancient Rome." 



LESSON 75 

207. ROMAN HISTORY V 

Anno trecentesimo et altero ab urbe condita imperium consulare 
cessavit et pr5 duobus consulibus decem facti sunt, qui summam 
potestatem haberent, decemviri nominati. Sed cum primo anno 
bene egissent, secundo iinus ex his, Appius Claudius, Vergini filiam 
corrumpere voluit; quam pater occidit et regressus ad milites 
tumultum movit. Decemviri damnati sunt. 

208. VOCABULARY 
trecenteaimus, -a, -um, 300th, ago (3), egi, actus, dOy act, 
alter ( = aeoundus) , second, oomimpo (3), -rupi, -ruptus, se- 
imperium, -i (n.), rule, duce, lead away, 
oomitilaria, -e, consular, regredior, -gredi, -greBsus, return, 
tumultuB, -us (m.), revolt, moveo (2), movi, motus, stir up, 
oesso (i), cease, damno (i), condemn, 

209. QUESTIONS 

Account for the forms : unus ez his ; Vergini ; ab urbe oonditii. 
What is the rule for the subjunctive egissent? haberent? 



86 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

Compare aninmam. Give the rule for anno (20, d). 

Decline onus. What other words are similarly declined ? 

RegressuB = re-gradior, to walk back. Give the English mean- 
ings of egresSy ingress, progress , congress. Give the principal parts 
of regredior, with special attention to accent (see vocabulary) . 

Name as many English words as possible derived from ago^ 
from movQo, from unus, from miles. 

210. Write in Latin : — 

1. Instead of kings, consuls were chosen. 

2. Instead of consuls, decemvirs were chosen. 

3. One of the decemvirs was named Appius Claudius. 

4. His grandfather, another Appius Claudius, was also^ wicked. 

5. Verginius was a brave Roman soldier. 



LESSON 76 

2X1. ALFRED AND THE CAKES 

Alfredus, rex Britannorum, saepe cum Dams pugnabat. Pri- 
mum Dani copias regias vincebant, et rex hospitium ab incolis 
casae parvae petit. Incolae, inscil figurae regis, hospiti cenam 
exiguam durumque lectum benigne praebent. Postridie ad labo- 
rem contendunt 

212. Give the rule for Dania( 20,/), figurae (7), regis, hospiti, 
incolis, casae, lectum, laborem. 

Compare durum, parvae, benigne, saepe. 
Inflect each verb in the tense given. 
When did the Danes invade Britain? 

213. Write in Latin : — 

I. The Danes were often conquered by the Britons (21). 
a. The king went to the farmer's hut (13). 

1 quoque. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 8/ 

3. Let us ask (30) hospitality from the farmer. 

4. The farmer is going to his work. 

5. Many kings have been exiles. 

214. VOCABULARY 

Dani, -onim (m.), the Danes, postridie, the next day, 

primum, adv., at first, labor, -oris (m.), toil, work, 

hoBpltium, hoBpi'ti (n.), hospi- inacluB, -a, -um, not knowing, 

tality, exiguns, -a, -um, adj .,poor, scanty, 

regiuB, -a, -um, royal, benigne, adv., kindly, 

figura, -ae (f.), appearance, praebeo (2), -ui, -itus, provide, 

hospes, -itds (m.), guest, oontendo (3), -i, -tentus, set 

lectus, -i (m.), bed, couch, out. 



LESSON 77 

215. ALFRED AND THE CAKES {Continued) 

Agricola oves pascit; uxor aedes verrit; rex ignem incendit 
libaque torret. Mox tamen quod Alfredus, multis curis anxius, 
laborem praetermittit, flammae liba adurunt. At uxor agricolae, 
ubi factum videt, plena Ira, hospitem increpat, et dextra regias 
aures verberat. Sed rex patienter poenam tolerat. 

216. Name all the adverbs; the conjunctions. 

Give the principal parts of pascit, torret, vldet, Inorepat^ 
Inoendlt. 

Give the rule for agricolae, deztra (20), ouris (20). 

Decline eves, liba, hospitem, rez, uxor. 

Give the derivation of the English words pastor, torrid, toast, 
ignite, incendiary. 

Name as many others as possible derived from the words of the 
lesson. 



88 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

217. Write in Latin : — 

1. Kings do not often bake cakes. 

2. The farmer's wife boxes the boy's cars. 

3. The king was full of care. 

4. Feed my sheep. 

5. The farmer's wife did not see that the stranger was a king. 

218. VOCABULARY 

oviB, oviB (m. and f.), sheep. auxis, -Is (f.), ear. 

pasco (3), pavi, -paAtom, feed, patienter, patiently. 

increpo (i), -ui, -itus, scold. torreo (2), -ui, tOBtus, bake. 

incend5 (3), -i, -oenBus, kindle, verro (3), sweep. 

libttm, -i (n.), cake. verbero (i), box. 

uxor, -oris (f), wife. toler5 (i), bear, endure. 

aedis or aedes, -is (f), temple; auadus, -a, -um, anxious. 

plur.^ houses praetermitto (3), -misi, -missus, 
ignis, -is {m,)y fire. neglect. 

flamma, -ae (f.), flame. aduro (3), -nssi, -ustus, scorch. 

factum, -i (n.), deed. ira, -ae (f.), anger. 



LESSON 78 

219. THE BROKEN DIKE 

Cimbri terram miram habitant, nam oceanus tecta agrosque 
agricolarum saepe inundat. Incolae fossis tumulisque magnis 
violentiam undarum coercent; aliquando tamen aqua deturbat 
claustra et terram vastat. Forte erat tumulus non validus ; iam 
rima parva apparet; mox via magna patebit et undae terram 
superabunt. At periculum puer parvus videt; statim dextra 
rimam implet aquamque coercet. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 89 

220. QUESTIONS 

What land is described in this story? Do you know anything 
about its people ? Explain how dikes are made. What are dunes ? 

How many of these nouns belong to the first declension? to 
the second? What declensions have no neuter nouns? Decline 
pexiculum. 

221. Write in Latin : — 

1. The land of the Cimbri is a land of dikes. 

2. The people are often in great danger. 

3. The ocean has great waves. 

4. Sometimes the water covers the land. 

5. The brave boy saw the chink in the wall. 

222. VOCABULARY 

Cimbri, -orum, the Cimbri, validus, -a, -um, strong. 
clauBtra, -orum (n.), barriers ^ vasto (i), lay waste, 

dikes, supero ( i ) , conquer^ overwhelm, 

ooeanuB, -i (m.), ocean, impleo (2), -plevi, -^%\mb, fill 

tumulus, -i (m.), mound, up. 

violentiay -ae (f.), violence, deturbo (i), throw down, 

unda, -ae (f.), wave, appareo (2), -ui, -iturus, appear, 

rima, -ae (f.), cracky chink, . pateo (2), -ui, lie open, 

miniB, -a, -um, strange. inundo (i), overflow. 



LESSON 79 

223. THE BROKEN DIKE {Continued) 

Postridie agricolae loco appropinquant. Puer frigidus et mori- 
bund us dextra tamen aquam coerce t. Saxis tumulum celeriter 
confirmant, et llm5 rimam implent. Tum umeris puerum suble- 



90 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

vant ciboque recreant. Cimbri constantiara saepe commemorant, 
liberisque suis pueri factum narrant. 

224. QUESTIONS 
Compare oeleiiter. 

Give the rule for limo, loo5 (18), liberie^ umeris, dbo. 

Give the principal parts of all the verbs, with an English deriva- 
tive if possible. 

Name all the verbs compounded with prepositions. What added 
meaning is given by the prepositions? 

225. Write in Latin : — 

1. The boy was at the point-of-death (dying), 

2. The crack was soon filled up with stones. 

3. The firmness of the boy was much praised. 

4. His brave deed is still mentioned, 

5. All (people) praise brave boys. 

226; VOCABULARY 

appropinquo (i), approach, sublevo (i), raise up, 

moiibundus, -a, -um, dying. recreo (i), revive ^ refresh. 

sazum, -i (n.), large stone, oonBtantia, -ae, {i^, firmness. 

oonfirmd (i), strengthen, commemoro (i), mention, 

limuB, -i (m.), mud, narro (i), tell, relate. 

umeruB, -i (m.), shoulder, celeiiter, swiftly. 
frigiduB, -a, -um, cold. 



LESSON 80 

227. A WONDERFUL DREAM 

Tres olim viatores a Gallia ad Italiam iter faciebant. Via et 
longa et difficillima erat quoci undique montibus altissimis con- 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



91 



tinebatur. Saepe cibl inopiam magnam viatores tolerabant ; tan- 
dem nihil supererat nisi iinus panis, haud ita grandis, quem 
omnes diligentissime ser- 
vabant. Hunc sibi quis- 
que vindicat. 



228. QUESTIONS 

Decline quisque, hunc, 
sibi. What kind of pro- 
noun is each? 

Name and compare all 
adjectives in this lesson. 
Decline tres, unus. 

Give the rule for mon- 
tibus, italiam, Qallia, sibi. 
Decline panis, viator, 
grandiB. 




ROMAN BREAD 



229. Write in Latin : — 

1. Two travelers were going from Italy to Gaul. 

2. Very high mountains inclose the road. 

3. We have only one loaf-of-bread. 

4. This loaf is claimed by the three travelers. 

5. It will be kept very carefully. 



230. 



VOCABULARY 



undique, adv., on all sides, 
inopia, -ae (f.), want 
baud, adv., not 
grandis, -e, adj., large. 



vindioo (i), claim, 
supersmn, -ease, -fui, remain, 
contineo (2), -ui, -tentus, shut in, 
viator, -oris (m.), traveler. 



Note. — The affix -tor, -sor (fem. -tzix) denotes the agent; as admi- 
nistrator, administratriz \ venfltor, venfltrlz ; defensor, del enstrix. 



92 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 81 

231. A WONDERFUL DREAM {Continued) 

Denique fessT dormiunt panemque somni InsTgnissimi praemium 
proponunt. Mane quisque comitibus somnium suum narrat. Pri- 
mus ex viatoribus sic incipit : " Mihi in somnio apparebat rapum 
ingentissimum ; vix id trecenti viri ex agro trahebant. Num vos 
aliquid hoc mlrabilius videbatis? Mihi certe praemium debetur." 

232. QUESTIONS 

Give the rule for viatoiibus (19), hoc (22), Bomnio, mihi; 
the principal parts of trahebant, videbatis, agro (20, ^). 

Explain the meaning of contract, subtract, retract, distract, 
abstract. Decline vos, mihi, aliquid, hoc, se. 

233. Write in Latin, using nmn when the answer no is expected, 
nomie when the answer yes is expected, and the enclitic -ne when 
no answer is indicated. 

1. Did you have a wonderful dream ? 

2. Yes, I have often had wonderful dreams. 

3. My dream is most wonderful, is it not? 

4. You did not see the travelers, did you? 

5. Did you see anything very strange ? 

234. VOCABULARY 

denique, 2i&^,, finally, somnium, -i (n.), dream. 

mane, adv., in the morning, insignis, -e, remarkable, 

incipid (3), -cepi, -ceptus, be- propon5 (3), -posui, -positus, 

gin, offer, 

rapimi, -i (n.), turnip, ingSns, -entis, huge. 

fessus, -a, -um, weary, tired. vix, hardly. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 93 

trecenti, three hundred. nonne, sign of a question ex- 

traho (3), trazi, traotus, drag, pecting the answer *yes.* 

znirabilis, -e, wonderful, num, sign of a question expect- 

-ne, enclitic, sign of a ques- ing the answer ' no/ 

tion when no answer is indi- debeo (2), -iii,-itus, ^to/^/ pass., 

cated. be due. 



LESSON 82 

235. A WONDERFUL DREAM {Continued) 

Turn secundus, " Somnium quidem mirum narravisti ; mihi tamen 
aliquid mirabilius visum est. Nam vidi in somnio vas ingentissi- 
mum, quod vix quingenti homines totius anni spatio paraverant. 
Facillime eo vase rapum continebatur. Nonne hoc somnium 
mirabilius ill5 iudicatis?" At tertius, qui haec tacite audiverat, 
" Certe," inquit, " uterque vestrum rem mirabilem narravit, 
panemque meruit. Mihi tamen aliquid mirum visum est. Nam 
in somno esuriebam ; panem igitur devoravi." 

236. QUESTIONS 

What kind of verb is eaurio ? 

Name the first ten cardinal numbers. 

Spell in Latin five, fifth, fifty, five hundredth. 

Give the rule for 1115 (22), aliquid, vestrum, spatio, vas, mihi. 

237. Write in Latin : — 

1. These three men had strange dreams. 

2. They were all very hungry. 

3. There was only one cake for the three. 

4. Shall I tell my dream ? 

5. It wfis not wonderful. 



94 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

238. VOCABULARY 

quidem, adv., indeed, uterque, -traque, -trumque, ^a^A, 
vas, vasis (pi. vasa, -orum) (n.) , both. 

Jar, vase. eauxlo (4), -itua, be hungry, 

paro {i)y prepare, faoile, adv., easily, 

ludioo {1)9 Judge, tadte, adv., silently, 

quingenti, five hundred, mereo (2), -ui, -itua, deserve. 

spatium, -i (n.), space. devor5 (i), devour. 



LESSON 83 

239. KING CANUTE 

Canutius rex longe sapientior erat aliis regibus. Huius olim 
opes et auctoritatem unus ex adsentatoribus hoc modo laudabat. 
" Nonne," inquit, " rex magne, et mare vastum et celeres venti tua 
mandata peragunt?" Rex nihil respondit, sed poster5 die, iussu 
eius, servl ad lltus maritimum solium deducunt. In h5c adsenta- 
torem locat, et ipse in rupe propinqua stat. 

240. QUESTIONS 

How many nouns in this lesson belong to the third declension ? 
How many adjectives? Give the gender with the rule for each of 
these nouns. 

Give the rule for adaentatoiibus (19), regibus (22), postero die 
(20), iusau (20), modo, rupe. 

Compare aapientdor, celeres, magne. 

241. Write in Latin : — 

1. Kings are not wiser than other men. 

2. Canute was wiser than his flatterers. 

3. The flatterer was placed in a chair near the sea. 

4. The throne was carried down to the seashore. 

5. Orders were given by the king (21). 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 95 

242. VOCABULARY 

Canuttus, -i (m.), CanuU, respondeo (2), -i, -BpoxuiuB, re- 
longe, adv., far, ply, answer, 

opes, opum (f. pi.), wealth, posterus, -a, -um, next, 

auctoiitas, -atis (f.), authority, maritimuB, -a, -um, of the sea, 

adsentator, -oris (m.), flat- aolium, -i (n.), seat, throne, 

terer, deduco (3), -dujd, -ductua, 
modus, -i (m.) , manner, carry down, 

mandatum, -i (n.), command, loop (i), place, 

perag5 (3), -egi, -aotua, per- rapes, -is (f.), rock, 

form* propinquus, -a, -um, neighboring. 



LESSON 84 

243. KING CANUTE {Continued) 

Forte aestus se incitabat. Turn rex, " Recurre," inquit, " mare 
superbum ; nonne tu meus servus es ? Cur igitur tui fluctus au- 
daces meum solium ita violant?" Fluctus tamen surdi mandata 
regia non audiebant, sed se in ipsum solium inlidunt. Tum rex, 
" Nemo nisi Deus imperium maris tenet." 

244. QUESTIONS 

Decline fluctus, mare, audax. 

Give the verbs from which fluctus, mandata, are derived. 

Give the meaning of accurrd, incurrd, prdcurrd, occurrd. 

245. Write in Latin : — 

1. The winds and the waves can not be ruled by kings. 

2. Listen to the waves of the sea. 

3. The flatterer said that Canute ruled the sea (29). 

4. Canute knew that he did not rule the sea (29). 

'^ From nemo let me never say neminis or nemine. 
Nullius use as genitive, and null5 as the ablative." 



96 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

246. VOCABULARY 

ae inoitare, rush in, violo {i), do violence 0. 

reourrS (3), -i, run back, re- surdus, -a, -um, deaf, 

turn. inlido (3), -lisi, -Ilsiui, dash 

aestus, -us (m.), tide, against. 

fluotus^ -us (m.)^ wave, nemo, nullius, no one. 



LESSON 85 

247. FAMILIAR PHRASES 

1. Multum in parv5, much in little. 

2. Summum bonum, the chief good, 

3. Meum et tuum, mine and thine. 

4. Lapsus ling;uae, a slip of the tongue, 

5. Viva voce, aloud. 

6. Pro bono publico, y^r the public good. 

7. Facsimile, do the like ; a copy. 

8. B pluribus unum, of many, one. 

9. Fiat, let it be done; a command, 

I o. Verbatim et litteratim, word for word and letter for letter. 

248. Explain the italicized words : — 

1. He will go to Chicago via Albany. 

2. At the end of the book there is a list of errata. 

3. He lends money gratis, 

4. The maximum age is forty ; the minimutH, thirty. 

5. He was not able to prove an alibi, 

6. The bank will pay four per cent, 

7. They will hold dipost mortem examination. 

8. Latin helps English and, vice versa, English helps Latin. 

9. He was captain of the company pro tempore. 
10. The mayor is ex officio on all committees. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 97 



LESSON 86 

249. THE BISHOP OF BINGEN 

Erat fames olim in Germania, messis enim eo anno nulla fuerat. 
Magna igitur turba civium cotldie a principe panem vehementer 
petebat. Tandem precibus eorum fessus, princeps crudelis omnes 
in horreum ingens spe cibi induxit. Mox ubi horreum plenum fuit 
flammas tecto admovit, et omnes ad unum delevit. 

250. QUESTIONS 

What is the gender of fames, panem, precibus, spe, cibi, 
horreum, principe? Give the genitive plural of each of these 
nouns. 

Rule for amio (20, //), precibus (20, d), tecto (18). 

Decline nulla. What others are declined in the same way? 

Compare vehementer, crudelis. 

251. Write in Latin : — 

1. There will be a good harvest this year. 

2. Farmers love good harvests. 

3. He will set fire to the bam. * 

4. The poor (people) asked the prince for bread (ti). 

5. The king will not give them bread. 

252. VOCABULARY 

fames, -Is (t), /amine, horreum, -i (n,) , granary. 

messis, -is (f.), harvest deleo (2), -evi, -etus, destroy, 

turba, -ae (f.), crowd, induco (3), -duzi, -ductus, 

cotldie, adv., daily, lead in. 

civis, -is (m.), citizen, admoveo (2), -movi, -motus, 

preces, -um (f.), entreaties, move to; with flammas, set 

crudelis, -e, cruel, fire to, 

vehementer, adv., violently, pauper, -era, -erum, poor, 

EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 7 



98 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 87 

253. THE BISHOP OF BINGEN {Continued) 

Inde dum clamoribus miserrimis et caelum et terra resonant, 
"Audite," inquit, "murium stridorem." Vix ea dixerat, cum 
vocem magnam comites audiunt ; " At, miser, paucis post diebus, 
iidem mures tuum corpus devorabunt." 

254. QUESTIONS 

Compare miserrimiB, mag;nam. 

What is the meaning of stridor when used of rats? of ropes? 
of the wind? of bees? of children? of serpents? of an arrow in 
the air? of a door? 

Notice that each includes the harsh or shrill soimd that is named 
Btridor. 

255. Time before or after is variously expressed ; as, three years 
after is written — 

Accusative Ablative 

post tres annoB tribuB pOBt anniB 

tares pOBt annoB tribuB annis poBt 

post tertium annum tertio post ann5 

tertimn post annnm tertio anno pOBt 

Notice that with the accusative post stands before or between 
the other words ; with the ablative it comes between or after them. 
Write in Latin, ^z/^ days after, 

256. VOCABULARY 

clamor, -oris (m.), cry, inde, then, 

stridor, -oris (m.), squeak, dmn, conj., while, 

post, adv., and prep. w. ace, mus, muxis (m. and f.), mouse, 

after. resono (i), -avi, — , resound. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



99 



LESSON 88 

257. THE BISHOP OF BINGEN {Continued) 

In medio Rheno eo tempore turns altissima stabat ; hue princeps, 
dira v5ce perterritus, fugit; nihil enim aqua tiitius videt. Hic 
unum diem manebat tutus, et alterum; tertia tamen nocte cust5- 




MOUSE TOWER 



des mille pedum crepitum audiunt. Mox ubi sol noctis umbrSs 
fugavit, immane portentum vident. Utramque enim ripam flumi- 
nis murium multitiid5 complet. 

Find and read South ey's poem entitled "God's Judgment on a 
Bishop." What is the name of the poem in which Longfellow 
speaks of the " mouse tower on the Rhine " ? Give the best 
English word that you can find for crepitus as applied to the 



lOO EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

sound of footsteps ; of teeth ; of weapons ; of the wind ; of a 
mob in the street. 

Notes. — S51 and most other monosyllables in the third declension lack 
the genitive plural. 

Autem, vSr5, enim, and quoque are always placed after one or more 
words in the sentence. 

258. Give the rules for Rheno, murium, tempore (20, //.), 
voce (20, d.), aqua (22), diem (12), nocte (20, //.). 

Time when is expressed by the ablative; how long, by the 
accusative. Find instances in the text. 

259. VOCABULARY 

diruB, -a, -yroL^ fearful, medius, -a, -um, middle, midst 

perterreo (2), — , -ituB, ter- of {4$). 

rify, Rhenus, -i, the Rhine, 

cuatoB, -odiB (m. and f.), multitudo, -inia (f.), multitude, 

guard, fugio (3), -i, -ituB, flee, 

crepitus, -us (m.), noise, tutus, -a, -um, safe, 

umbra, ae (f.), shadow, hie, here, 

immanis, -e, adj., horrible, compleo (2), -evi, -eXMB, fill, 

portentum, -i (n.), omen, hue, hither. 



LESSON 89 

260. THE BISHOP OF BINGEN {Continued) 

lam mures in aquam desiliunt, turrimque petunt. Friistra 
princeps portas et fenestras obserat ; hi enim scandunt miiros, ill! 
acutis dentibus portas llgneas rodunt. Passim in aedes inrumpunt, 
et universi in principem impetum faciunt. Frustra is deos invocat 
iratos, sescenti enim hostes ex ossibus cutem divellunt, et crudelis 
facti terribilem poenam sumunt. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN lOI 

261. QUESTIONS 

How many cases of deos have two forms ? What is the differ- 
ence in meaning between onmes and universi ? 

Give the principal parts of rodunt, Bumunt, divellunt^ ocandunt, 
inrumpunt. 

Impetus is found only in the nominative, accusative, and abla- 
tive singular. 

262. Write in Latin : — 

" * I'll go to my tower in the Rhine,' said he, 
* Tis the safest place in Germany. 
The walls are high and the shores are steep 
And the tide is strong and the water deep.' " 

263. VOCABULARY 

fenestra,, -ae ({,) y window, inrumpo (3), -rupi, -ruptuB, 

obaerS (i), lock, bolt break in, 

Bcando (3), — , — , climb, universuB, -a, -um, adj., all to- 

ligneuB, -a, -um, wooden, gether, 

r5d5 (3), roBi, tobvm, gnaw, invoc5 (i), call upon, 

pasBim, adv., here and there, cutiB, -Ib (f.), skin, 

fruBtra, adv., in vain, divell5 (3), -i, -vuIbub, tear 

BOBoenti, -ae, -a, six hundred, away, 

OB, oBBia (n.), bone. terribillB, -e, dreadful. 



LESSON 90 

264. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES 

A conditional sentence generally consists of two clauses, — a 
condition (introduced hy if or if not) and a conclusion. Both the 
indicative and subjunctive moods are used in conditional clauses — 



I02 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

the former, to state or assume a fact, the latter, to express what is 
doubtful or contrary to fact ; as — 

Si peouniam habet, dat, if he has money ^ he gives it. 
Si pecuniam habeat, det, if he should have money, or if he were 
to have money , he would give it (possibly) . 

265. In conditions contrary to fact, the imperfect or pluper- 
fect subjunctive is used in both clauses — the imperfect, to denote 
present time, and the pluperfect, to denote past time \ as — 

Si peouniam habuisset, dedisset, if he had had money (as he did 
noi)y he would have given it (as he did not^, 

266. Translate and describe each of the following sentences : — 

1. Si possem, venirem. 

2. Si luna erit, plena erit. 

3. Si luna fuisset, plena fuisset. 

4. Si domi est, eum videb5. 

5. Si liina sit, plena erit. 



LESSON 91 

267. KING MIDAS 

Midas,* rex Phrygiae, qui olim Baccho* placuerat, egregio 
munere a deo donatus est. "Delige, rex magne," inquit deus, 

1 Midas once decided a musical contest against Apollo, whereupon Apollo 
changed his ears to those of an ass. To conceal this deformity Midas hired 
his barber to arrange his hair over his ears, and the barber, because he was 
forbidden to tell any one, used to go and whisper the secret to the reeds 
by the river, which still, when the wind passes over them, repeat, " Midas 
has ass's ears." 

2 Bacchus was the patron of social pleasures, also called the god of wine. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 103 

" id quod maxime cupis ; hoc tibi libenter dabo." Turn vir avarus 
minim donum impetravit, omnia enim quae suo corpore tangebat 
in aurum mutata sunt. Protinus rex laetus regiam domum per- 
currebat, maniique vasa, mensas, lectos, omnia tangebat. 

268. QUESTIONS 

The verb to please^ which takes a direct object in English, takes 
what case in Latin ? Why ? 

Compare the adverbs mazime, libenter. 

Give the principal parts of tango, do, delig5. . 

Decline domua, vis, munere, corpore. 

Compare egregiua by the adverbs magis and mazime. 

Translate regiam domum by one word. 

Give English words derived from avarus, nurum, tango. 

269. VOCABULARY 

Phrygia, Phrygia, a country in libenter, adv., willingly. 

the western part of Asia avarus, -a, -um, adj., greedy. 

Minor. impetro (i), obtain, 

egregius, -a, -um, adj., wonder- protinus, adv., forthwith, 

fuL percurro (3 ) , -curri and -cucur- 
deligo (3), -legi, -lectus, choose, ri, -cursus, run through. 

cupio (3), -ivi, -itus, wish. dono (i), give. 

place5 (2), -ui, -itus, please. tango (3), tetigi, tactus, touch. 



LESSON 92 

270. KING MIDAS {Continued) 

Tandem labore fessus cenam poscit, avidlsque oculis dapes 
splendidas lustrat. Ubi tamen piscem ad os admovet, cibus in 
aurum statim miitatus est; rex igitur, ciiius in faucibus rigida 



I04 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

haerebat massa, vinum poscit ; idem evenit. Tandem rex esuriens, 
quod nihil nee edebat nee bibebat compliiribus diebus, maximis 
precibus Bacchum orat. Inde cum risii deus fatale d5num amovet. 

271. QUESTIONS 

Give syntax of oonlis^ 58, faucibus, diebus, precibus. 
What are the principal parts of poscit? 

The repetition of the consonant in the perfect stem is called 
reduplication. 

What kind of verb is esuxlo ? 

What is the difference between idem and idem? 

272. Write in Latin : — 

1. A royal feast is set before^ the king. 

2. Food and wine were changed into gold. 

3. The king neither eats nor drinks for three days. 

4. He would have died if the god had not removed the gift (34) . 

5. We fooHshly* wish for harmful things.' 

273. VOCABULARY 

daps, dapis {J,)^ feast, amoveo (2), -movi, -motus, 
splendidus, -a, -um, adj., mag- take away, 

nificent, rigidus, -a, -um, adj., hard, 

lustr5 (i), gaze at, haereo (2), haesi, haesus, clingy 
piflcis, -is {m.)fjish, stick, 

OS, oris (n.), mouth, massa, -ae (f.), lump, 

fauces, -ium (abl. sing, fauce) evenio (4), -veni, -ventus, 

({,),jaws. happen, 

posc5 (3), poposci, to demand, bibo (3), bibi, — , drink, 

edo (3), edi, esus, eat, risus, -us (m.), laughter. 

complures, -ium, many, fatalis, -e, z.^],, fatal, 

1 app5ii5 (3). 

2 Use the adjective (stultus), not the adverb. 
• Omit, using the neuter plural of the adjective* 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 105 

LESSON 93 

274. GAIUS MARCIUS CORIOLANUS 

Gaius Marcius, gentis patriciae, captis Coriolis, urbe Volscorum, 
Coriolanus dictus est. Puer patre orbatus sub matris tutela ado- 
levit. In omni vita nihil aliud sibi proponebat nisi ut matri 
placeret ; cumque ilia audiebat f ilium laudari aut corona donari 
videbat, turn se ipsa felicem putabat. 

275. Give the rule for patre (20, a), sibi (18), matri (15), 
placeret (31, a), Hliam laudari (29), corona (20^ d). 

276. The verb d5no, {a) to give or (i>) present, is followed by 
two constructions : — 

{a) The accusative of the thing and the dative of the person. 
{b) The accusative of the person and the ablative of the thing. 

Write in Latin, using dono for both sentences : — 

{a) He gives wreaths to his soldiers. 

{b) He presents his soldiers with wreaths. 

Using circa 'md5, surround: — 

{a) He surrounds the city with a wall. 
{b) He puts a wall around the city. 

Using inspergo (3) , sprinkle : — 

{a) She sprinkles the rose with water. 
{b) She sprinkles water on the roses. 

277. VOCABULARY 

patriciu8,-a,-um,adj.,/«//7Vm;/. tutela, -ae (f.), care, 

Cori'oli, -5rum (m.), a town, adoleaco (3), -olevi, -ultus, 

Coriolanus, -i. Corioia^nus, grow up, 

orbo (i), deprive of, fens, gentis {{,), family. 



I06 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 94 

278. GAIUS MARCIUS CORIOLANU S (Conlmued) 

Consul factus populo frumentum dedit, ut plebs agros, non 
sedltiones, coleret. Qua de causa damnatus ad Volscos c5nfugit. 
Magno ubique pretio virtus aestimatur. Imperator a Volscis 
factus Romam ivit. Oratores missi de pace atrox responsum 
rettulerunt. Iterum eidem missi non recipiuntur in castra. 
Stupebat senatus; trepidabat populus. 

Note. — Monosyllabic prepositions are often placed between the noun and 
the limiting word. 

279. QUESTIONS 

Give the rule for pretio (20, c), Volscis (21), Romam (13), 
populo, coleret, pace, responsum, eidem. 

Instead of each of the following participles, give an equiva- 
lent clause : consul factus ; qua de causa damnatus ; imperator 
factus ; oratores missi. 



280. Write in Latin : — 

Although the spokesmen sent by the Romans were all noble 
men, the Volscians would not receive them into the city, but sent 
them back with cruel messages. 



281. "Know, Rome, that all alone Marcius did fight 
Within Cori'oli gates : where he hath won, 
With fame, a name to Caius Marcius ; these 
In honor follows Coriolanus." , —Shakespeare. 

Which of these names marks the family? the person? 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 107 

282. VOCABULARY 

Beditio, -onis (f.), rebellion, imperator^ -oris (m.), com- 

oonfugio (3), -f ugi, y?<?<f . mander^ general 

pretium, preti (ji,)^ price, atroz, atrooifl^ harsh, bitter, 

aeatimo (i), rate, reBpoiiBmn, -i (n.), reply, 

C0I6 (3), -ui, oultuB, cultivate, recipio (3), -cepi, -ceptus, 

plebe, plebis (f.), common people, receive, 

vibiqxie, 2idy,y everywhere, stupeo (2), -ui, be stupe- 

reiero, -ferre, rettuli, relatus, ^ed. 

bring back, trepido (i), tremble, 

LESSON 95 

283. GAIUS MARCIUS CORIOLANUS {Continued) 

Turn Veturia, CoriolanI mater, et Volumnia uxor, duos parvos 
frlios secum trahens, castra Volsc5rum petierunt. Quarum preci- 
bus motus Coriolanus castra movit et exercitum ex agro Romano 
abduxit. Postea a Volscis occisus est. 

Note. — A relative may stand at the beginning of a sentence where in 
English a demonstrative must be used. 

284. Write in Latin : — 

1. Coriolanus saw his mother coming. 

2. Volumnia came with her two little boys. 

3. They were going to the camp of the Volscians. 

4. They were going to see Coriolanus (31, a!), 

5. The Roman senate sent them. 

6. They came to ask for peace (31, a^, 

7. Their entreaties moved Coriolanus. 

8. The army was at once taken away. 

9. Coriolanus went back to the Volscians. 

10. "Mother, thou hast saved Rome, but lost^ thy son." 

1 perdo (3), -dldl, -ditos. 



Io8 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

LESSON 96 

285. GAIUS MARIUS 

C. Marius, humili loco natus, in Hispania duce Sclpione miles 
erat. Ob singularem virtutem et alacritatem ad pericula et labores 
cams Sclpioni erat. Cum inter cenam Scipionem quidam rogavis- 
set, si quid illi accidisset, quem imperatorem res publica habitura 
esset, Scipi5 percusso leniter Marii umero, " Fortasse hunc," 
inquit. Quo dicto Marius res magnas concepit et postea gessit. 
Septies consul fuit. 

286. QUESTIONS 

Explain all the subjunctives in the above lesson. 
How many ablative absolutes are there ? 
How does the first differ from the others ? 
Give the rules for the datives Soipiom and illi. 

287. SYNONYMS 

" * Contingit ' use of things we like, 
But * accidit/ when evils strike." 

Virtus = manliness^ fortitud5 = bravery; both mean moral courage. 
But virtus is offensive or active ; fortitude, defensive or passive. 

288. Derivatives from gero : — 

gesture vicegerent belligerent digest germ germinate 

289. VOCABULARY 

singularis, -e, adj., remarkable, res publica, -ae (f.), the state, 

alacritas, -tatis (f.), eagerness. leniter, adv., lightly. 

peroutio (3), -cussi, -cussus, fortasse, dAv.^ perhaps. 

strike. concipio (3), -cepi, -oeptos, 
nasoor, -1, natus, to be bom. conceive. 

inter, prep., among. septies, adv., seven times. 

ob, prep., on account of. dictum, -i (n.), sayings word. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 109 



LESSON 97 
290. CAESAR 

* Truly, a wonderful man was Caius Julius Caesar, 
Better be first, he said, in a little Iberian village 
Than be second in Rome, and I think he was right when he 

said it. 
Twice was he married before he was twenty, and many times 

after. 
Battles five hundred he fought, and a thousand cities he con- 
quered. 
He, too, fought in Flanders, as he himself has recorded. 
Finally, he was stabbed by his friend the orator, Brutus. 
Now, do you know what he did on a certain occasion in Flanders, 
When the rear guard of his army retreated, the front giving way, 

too. 
And the immortal Twelfth Legion was crowded so closely 

together 
There was no room for their swords, why, he seized a shield from 

a soldier. 
Put himself straight at the head of his troops, and commanded 

the captains. 
Calling on each by his name, to order forward the ensigns. 
Then to widen the ranks, and give more room for their weapons. 
So, he won the day ; the battle of some-thing-or-other. 
That's what I always say ; if you wish a thing to be well done. 
You must do it yourself, you must not leave it to others." 

— " The Courtship of Miles Standish," Longfellow. 

** Caesar, the foremost man of all this world." 

— Shakespeare. 

" Great Julius, whom all the world admires." 

— Milton. 



no 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



" His writings are commendable, for they are simple and straight- 
^^^^^•" -Cicero. 

" Here was a man who could both write and fight, and in both 
was equally skilful." _ Miles Standish. 



LESSON 98 



291. 



GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR 
Born July 12, 100 b.c. 



C. lulius Caesar, nobilissima luliorum genitus familia, annum 
agens sextum et decimum patrem amisit. Stipendia prima in 
, Asia fecit. In expugnati5ne Mitylenarum 
corona clvica donatus est. Mortuo Sulla, 
Rhodum secedere statuit, ut ApoUonio, cla- 
rissimo dicendi magistro, operam daret. 




cor5na civica 



292. QUESTIONS 

Where are Mitylene and Rhodes ? 
What is the rule for Sulla ? for Apoll5- 
nio? cordna? daret? Rhodum? 
Write in Latin in two ways : — 

They gave Caesar the civic crown. 

Note. — The Julian gens was believed to be directly descended from the 
royal line of Troy, through lulus or Ilus, son of Aeneas, a Trojan prince. 
The civic crown was of oak leaves and was given to a citizen who had saved 
the life of another citizen. Cicero received one from the government for de- 
feating the conspiracy of Catiline. Generals who were thought worthy of a 
triumph received a cor5na triumphalis, at first made of laurel leaves, afterward, 
of gold. The civic crown is mentioned in Macaulay's " Virginia " — 

" How she danced with pleasure 
To see my civic crown." 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



III 



293. 

gigno (3)9 S^oxd, genitus, degf/; 

genituB, ^orn, sprung, 
familia^ -ae, {L), family, 
Btipendium, -i (n.), military 

service. 
ezpugnatio, -onia (f.), storming, 
Mitylenae, -arum (f.), Mityle^ne, 
civicuB, -a, -um, adj., civic, 
nobilis, -e, noble. 



VOCABULARY 

Aaia, -ae (f.), Asia, 
operam dare, give attention, 
annum agere, to be (a certain 

number of years) old, 
RhoduB, -i (f.), Rhodes f an 

island near Asia Minor. 
Beced5 (3), -oeBBi, -cesBUB, with- 
draw, 
Btatuo (3), -i, BtatutiiB; decide. 



294. 



LESSON 99 
GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR {Continued) 



Post consulatum Caesar Gal- 
liam provinciam accepit. Ges- 
sit novem annis, quibus in 
imperio fuit, haec fere : Gal- 
liam in provinciae formam 
redegit ; primus Roman5rum 
ponte fabricato Germanos ag- 
gressus maximis adfecit cladi- 
bus. Britannos antea ignotos 
vTcit et peciinias^ obsidesque 
imperavit. 

295. QUESTIONS 

What is the rule for annia? 
ponte? cladibuB? 

Show how ignotoB takes the 
place of a clause. 

Give the principal parts of all the verbs. 

1 Pecfinia, from pecii, cattle, the original wealth. 




112 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

296. Write in Latin : — 

1. Gaul was taken by Caesar as his province. 

2. Caesar (was the first man who ever)^ built a bridge over 
the Rhine. 

3. The Britons were known before Caesar's time. 

4. Caesar determined to go to the island. 

5. They were conquered in many battles. 

297. VOCABULARY 

odDBulatuB^ -us (m.), consulship, aggredior, -i, -gressuB, attack. 

provincia, -ae (f.), province, obses, -idls (m. or f.), hostage, 

forma, -ae (J,) ^ form. adficio (3), -feci, -fectus, visit. 

redig5 (3), -egi, -actus, reduce, elides, -is (f.), destruction. 

fabric5 (i), build. antea, adv., before. 

aocipi5 (3), -cepi, -oeptus, re- ignotus, -a, -um, adj., unknown, 

ceive. imperS (i), demand. 



LESSON 100 

298. GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR (Gw/zVf»^^) 

Hic cum multa Romanorum militum insignia narrantur, turn 
illud ipsius Caesaris egregium quod nutante in fugam exercitu, 
rapto e manu fugientis scuto, in primam aciem volitans proelium 
restituit. Idem alio proelio quattuor horis una acie hostes pro- 
fligavit et praedicavit ante victum hostem esse quam visum. 
Postea triumph© trium verborum praetulit titulum 
" Veni, vidi, vIcT." 

299. QUESTIONS 

Name the instances of ablative absolute. 

Give the rules for proelio, horis, acie, triumplio, esse visum. 

Ante victum quam visum = victum antequam visum. 

1 Translate by one word, pxlmus. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 113 

Idem often means '' also." 

What example of indirect discourse is given in this lesson ? 

Decline insignia, fugientlB, trium. 

What other words mean army ? Distinguish one from another. 

Write in Latin : — 

Caesar said, " I came, I saw, I conquered." 

Caesar said that he came, he saw, and he conquered. 

300. VOCABULARY 

cum . . . tmn, not only^ . . . rapio (3), -ui, -tus, seize. 

but also, profligo (i), rout, 

Boutum, -i (n.), shield. praediod (i), boast, 

volito {i)i fly, rush, ante . . . quam, conj., before. 

restituo (3), -i, -utus, renew, praefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, 

hora, -ae, (f.), hour, carry before, 

nuto (i), nody give way, waver, tituluB, -i (m.), inscription, 
triumphtui, -i (m.), triumph. 



LESSON 101 

301. GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR {Continued) 

Bellis civilibus coiifectis, f astos correxit annumque ad cursum 
solis accommodavit, ut trecentorum sexaginta quinque dierum esset 
et intercalario mense sublato unus dies quarts quoque anno inter- 
calaretur. lus dixit. Peregrinarum mercium portoria Instituit; 
bibliothecas Graecas et Latinas publicare, siccare Pomptinas 
paludes, viam a Mari Supero per Apenninum ad Tiberim munire. 
Haec et alia agentem et meditantem mors praevenit. 

302. VOCABULARY 

munio (4), -ivi, -itus, build, iiia dioere, to administer justice, 

c5nfici5 (3), -feci, -feotus, end^ instituo (3), -i, -utcui, institute, 

finish. meditor ( i ) , plan, 

menais, -is (m.)» month, mors, mortis (f.), death, 

EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 8 



114 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

praevenio (4), -veni, -ventus, peregrinu8,-a,-um, adj.,^/r/J^. 

come before^ interrupt merz, mercia {i,)^ goods. 

fasti, -orum (m.), calendar, portorium, -i (n.), duty, 

ooxiigo (3), -read, -rectus, bibliotheca, -ae (f.), library, 

correct, Cahraecus, -a, -um, Greek, 

aooommodo ( i ), harmonize y suit, Latinus, -a, -um, Latin, 

^sezaginta quinque, sixty-five, publico (i), make public, 

intercalarius, -a, -um, interca- sicco (i), drain, 

lary, Pomptinus, -a, -um, Pomptine. 

toll5 (3), sustuli, Bublatus, take palus, paludis (f.), marsh, 

away. Mare Superum, the Adriatic Sea, 

intercalo (i), insert, Apemimus, -1 (m.), Apennines, 

Note. — Some ancient nations reckoned time by the sun, others by the 
moon; but both methods were faulty. 365 days were not enough, 366 were 
too many; twelve moons were not enough, thirteen were too many. Julius 
Caesar first reformed the calendar by giving the year 365 days 6 hours (hence 
called the Julian year), and made evety fourth year consist of 366 days. For 
1600 years there was no one who could improve upon Caesar's plan. In 1582 
the errors amounted to ten days, and Pope Gregory XIII decreed that every 
400 years, three leap years should be omitted. Every year divisible by 4 is 
a leap year, except in the even centuries; those must be divisible by 400. 
Under this arrangement the errors will not amount to a day in 5000 years. 



LESSON 102 
303. TIME 

I. Roman dates were reckoned from three days : — 

{a) The Kalends,^ the first of the month. 

{b) The Nones,^ the fifth or seventh of the month. 

{c) The Ides,« the thirteenth or fifteenth. 

^ Kalendae, -Sbnm (so named from cal&re, to call outy because the day 
of the new moon was called out in public assembly). 

^ N5iiae, -ftrom (nine days (ndnus) before the Ides). 
* idflB, -uiun. 




EASY STEPS IN LATIN 115 

In March, July, October, May, 
The Nones are on the seventh day, 
The Idea are on the fifteenth day. 

2. Roman dates are reckoned backward : thus the last of 
the month was called the day before the Kalends; pridie Ea- 
lendas lanuarias was what 
day? 

In counting, include both 
limits; as "Sunday is the 
third day from Friday." 

3. In Latin the names 
of the months are not 
nouns, but adjectives, agreeing with mensis, Kalendae, etc. 

IftnaSrius (mfinsis), January (Iftnus, a god with two faces looking toward 

the rising and the setting sun). 
Febru&rius, February (feb|li5, to cleanse) ^ the month of purification. 
M§rtias, March (Mftrs, god of war) ^ originally the first month of the year. 
Aprllis, April (aperire, to open^ as the earth begins to do in that month). 
Mains, May (MSUa, mother of the god Mercury)., 
liinius, June^ named from the celebrated family of the I&iil. 
ICilius, July^ from Julius Caesar. 
Augnstns, August ^ from Augustus Caesar. 

September, September ^ the seventh month (counting from March). 
Oct5ber, October^ the eighth month. 
November, November^ the ninth month. 
December, December^ the tenth month. 



WRITING MATERIALS 



LESSON 103 

304. GAIUS lULIUS CAESAR {Continued) 

Dictator in perpetuum creatus agere insolentius^ coepit. Quare 
in eum coniiiratum est^ a sexaginta virTs, Cassio et Briit5 ducibus. 

1 The comparative often denotes an unusual or excessive degree. 
* Intransitive verbs may be used- impersonally in the passive ; tl\e ablatiyQ 
of the agent may be translated as the subject. 



ii6 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 




Idibus Martiis in senatu confodere decretum est. Cum Caesar eo 
die in senatum venisset, linus e coniuratis propius accessit et togam 
apprehendit. Tribus et vTgintl plagis confossus 
est. Cum Marcum Brutum, quem flli loco 
habebat, in se inruentem vidisset, dixisse fertur, 
" Tu quoque, mi fill ! " 

305. On what day was the day called the 
Ides? 

Give the rule for vidisset (38), plagis 
(20, b), viris (21),. Idibus (20, d)^ coniu- 

Compare the adverbs propius and insolentius. 

Note. — " This was the most unkindest cut of all; 

For when the noble Caesar saw him stab, 

Ingratitude — more strong than traitors* arms — 

Quite vanquished him; then burst his mighty heart; 

And in his mantle muffling up his face, 

Even at the base of Pompey*s statua, 

Which all the while ran blood, great Caesar fell. 

O what a fall was there, my countr3rmen ! " 

Shakespeare's "Julius Caesar." 



306. 

dictator, -oils (m.), dictator; a 
man to whom in former times 
the state gave unlimited 
power for a short period in 
time of great danger. 

in perpetuuin,^r life. 

insolenter, adv., haughtily, 

quare, wherefore. 

coniuro {i)^form a conspiracy, 

confodio (3), -fodi, -fossus, 
stab, 

ooepi, -isse, began. 

Cassius, -i (m.), Cassius, 



VOCABULARY 

decemo (3), -crevi, -oretus, 
decree. 

inruo (3), -i, -tus, rush upon, 

coniuratus, -i (m.), conspirator, 

accedo (3), -oessi, -oessarus,^^;, 
approach, 

toga, -ae (f.), a toga; a robe 
made from a single piece of 
white woolen cloth ; the ordi- 
nary dress of the Roman citi- 
zen. 

apprehendo (3),-i,-hensus, seize, 

plaga^ -ae (f.), blow. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



117 



307. 



LESSON 104 
MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO 



Born January 3, 106 b.c. 

Marcus TuUius Cicero, equestri genere, Arpini, quod est Vol- 
scorum oppidum, natus est. Unus ex eius avis verrucam in ex- 
tremo naso habuit, ciceris grano 
similem; inde cognomen Cice- 
r5nisgentiinditum. Suadentibus 
quibusdam ut id nomen mutaret, 
" Dabo operam," inquit, " ut 
istud cognomen n5bilissimorum 
nominum splendorem vincat." 

308. Equestri genere = of an 

equestrian family = the order of 
knights. 

Give the rule for mutaret ; for 
vinoat ; for Arpini. 

Similis takes either a genitive 
or dative, as follows : — cicero 

Fuer patrla similis, a boy like his father in character. 
Fuer patri similis, a boy like his father in appearance. 

Decline quibusdam in the singular. 




309. Write in Latin : — 

1. The fathers of the other boys came to school to hear Cicero. 

2. All the other boys used to go^ home with him. 

3. Cicero studied ^ at Athens and at Rome. 

4. Cicero had a brother Quintus. 

5. Quintus was a soldier; Marcus, an orator. 



1 Use the imperfect tense. 



< studHs s6 dedit. 



Il8 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

310. VOCABULARY 

equester, equestiiB, equestre, splendor, -oils (m.),^^rv. 

equestrian. in extremo naso, on the end of 

Arpinum, -i (n.), a town in his nose, 

Italy, about sixty miles south- auadeo (2), auasi, auiflus, per- 

east of Rome, suade, urge. 

Sranum, -i (n.), grain, verruca, -ae (f.), wart, 

genus, -exia (n.), kind, family. indo (3), -didi, -ditus, give. 



LESSON 105 

311. MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO {Continued) 

Cicer5, consul factus, Sergii Catilinae coniurationem singular! 
virtute compressit. Catillna melu consulis Roma profugit; socii 
eius in carcere necati sunt. Neque ab incept5 Catilina destitit 
sed infestis signls R5mam petens Antonil exercitu vincitur. Longe 
a suis inter hostium cadavera repertus est ; morte pulcherrima, si 
pro patria sic concidisset ! 

Senatus populusque Romanus Ciceronem patrem patriae appel- 
lavit. 

312. Name all the ablatives, giving the rule for each. 
Who has the title "Pater Patriae " in America? 
Give the principal parts of repertus eat ; profugit. 
What is implied by longe a auia, etc. ? 

Write in Latin : — 

It is beautiful to die for one's country. 
Cicero was called the Father of his Country. 

313. Define the English words : — 

1. cadaverous 3. appellation 5. hostility 7. elongate 

2. incarcerate 4. compression 6. repertory 8. longevity 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 119 

314. VOCABULARY 

Sergius (-i) CatUina (-ae), Ser- career, -is {va,) ^ prison, 

gius Catiline, neco {\) ^ put to death, 

coniuratio^-oiiis (f.), conspiracy, desisto (3); -atiti, -atitaB, desist, 

coxnpxlmo (3); -preaai, -prea- Antoniua, -i, Antony, 

aua, cheeky suppress. conddo (3), ddi, — ffaii, 

profugio (3), fugi, — fflee. inceptum, -1 (n.), beginnings at- 

cadaver, -eila (n.), corpse, tempt, 

metos, -OB {m,),/ear, reperlo (4), repperi, repertua, 

aoclua, -i (m.), a//y, find. 



LESSON 106 
S15. MARCUS TULLIUS CICERO {Continued) 

Multa exstant facete ab eo dicta. Cum Lentulum, generum 
suum, parvae staturae hominem, vidisset longo gladio accTnctum, 
"Quis," inquit, "generum meum ad gladium adligavit?" 

Matrona quaedam, iuniorem se quam 
erat simulans, dictitabat se tnginta taixtum 
ann5s habere; cm Cicero, "Verum est," 
inquit, " nam hoc viginti annos audio." ^ 

316. Write in Latin : — 

1. She pretends to be younger than 
she is. 

2. Cicero said that he had heard it for 
twenty years. 

3. Lentulus was a little man. 

4. He was the husband (vir) of TuUia, 
Cicero's daughter. 

5. Cicero had also a son, Marcus Tul- ^ . 

lius Cicero the younger. standard bearer 

1 The present is often used of an action that has been gojng on for some time. 




I20 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

6. Cicero loved both his son and daughter. 

7. He wrote many letters to them. 

8. Many of his letters are both loving and witty. 

9. He sent his son to Athens. 

10. Marcus TuUius the younger was not a student (lltteimiim 
studioBQs). 

317. VOCABULARY 

ezBto (i), ^e extant aimulo (i), pretend. 

facets, adv., wittily, tantum, adv., only. 

statora, -ae (£*), stature, ionior, -ius, younger, 

acdngo (3), -ouud, -cinotos, diotLto {1) , to keep saying, 

gird, Lentolos, -i (m.), Lentuius, 

matrona, -ae (f.), married gener, -i (m.), son-in-law, 

woman. annos habere, ^ be — years 

adligo {i), tie to. old. 



318. FAMILIAR PHRASES 

1. Deo volente (D.V.), God willing, 

2. Ante meridiem (A.M.), before noon. 

3. Post meridiem (P.M.), after noon. 

4. Vide'licet = videre licet (viz.), namely, 

5. (loth) ult. (ultimo mense), (loth) of last month, 

6. ( I oth ) inst. (instante mense) , ( i oth ^ of the present month. 

7. (loth) prox. (proximo mense), (loth) of next month, 

8. Sub rosa, secretly. 

9. Sine die, without appointing a day, 

319. Explain the italicized words : — 

1. The king will travel incognito, 

2. A black swan is a rara avis, 

3. The Cohannet mills pay twelve /^r cent. 

4. A.D. 1899. 

5. Vox populiy vox Vei. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



121 



6. The pros and cons were all considered. 

7« The teacher explains the modus operandi. 

8. Ex nihilo nihil fit. 

9. She added a postscript to her letter. 

10. Many colleges have both alumni and alumnae. 



rams, -a, -um, rare^ not common. 
opero (i), work. 



con. = contra, against. 
alumniui, -i {m.), foster-son. 



LESSON 107 



320. 



AUGUSTUS 



Caesare interfecto bella 
civilia reparata sunt. Bruto 
et Cassio senatus favebat, 
sed Antonius consul eos 
opprimere conabatur. Ergo 
a senatu hostis iudicatus est. 
Missi contra eum Pansa et 
Hirtius et Octavianus, Cae- 
saris nepos, quem ille here- 
dem reliquerat et nomen 
suum ferre iusserat. Tres 
duces Antonium vicerunt, 
Octavianus unus tamen su- 
perfuit. Hic postea Augu- 
stus appellatus est. 

321. Give the rule for 
Bruto et Cassio, hostis, 
senatu. 

Give the principal parts of reliquerat, iusserat. 

What is the difference in meaning between hostis and inimious? 




THE YOUNG AUGUSTUS 



122 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



Define : — 

nepotism 
conative 



hereditary 
posthumous 



nomenclature 
reliquary 



322. 



VOCABULARY 



oppxlmo (3), -presBi, -presBus, 

crush. 
ergo, adv., therefore, 
contra, prep., against 



Conor (i), attempt 
nepoB, nepotis (m.), nephew. 
heres, -edia (m. f.), heir. 
reparo (i), renew. 



323. 



LESSON 108 



AUGUSTUS AND THE BIRDS 



Cum post victoriam apud Actium Augustus Romam reverteretur, 
occurrit ei opifex quidam corvum tenens quem instituerat haec 
dlcere " Ave, Caesar, victor, imperator." Augustus, avem miratus, 
earn viginti milibus nummorum emit. Salutatus similiter ab aliis 
eos emi iussit 

Note. — Price or value, in a definite amount, is expressed by the ablative; 
indefinite values are expressed by either the ablative or the genitive. 



324- 



ROMAN MONEY 



Nummus = aeatertius (HS.) = about 4^ cents. 

1000 nummi or aeatertii = about %^2, 

The abbreviation HS. stands for duo et aemia, two and one- 
half asses ^ the aa corresponding to the English penny or two cents 
in our money. 

The aestertium (seat^idorum) was originally a sum of money, 
not a coin. The word is declined as aneuter noun of the second 
declension. 

How much did Augustus pay for the bird? 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 123 

325. VOCABULARY 

Actium, -i (n.), a promontory reverter, -i, -versos, return. 

in western Greece, where miror (i), admire. 

Octavian gained a great vie- similiter, adv., similarly, 

tory over Antony. occurro (3), -curri, -cursus, meet 

apud, prep., at opifez, opificis (m., f.), work- 

corvus, -i (m.), raven. man. 

saluto (i)^ greet Ave, hail! 



LESSON 109 

326. AUGUSTUS AND THE BIRDS {Continued) 

Exemplum siitorem pauperem sollicitavit ut corvum institueret 
ad parem saliitationem. Saepe ad avem non respondentem dlcere 
solebat : " Opera et impensa periit ! " Aliquando corvus coepit 
dicere salutationem. Hac audita, Augustus respondit : ** Satis 
domi talium salutatonim habeo." Turn corvus, " Opera et 
impensa periit." 

Ad quod Caesar risit emique avem iussit 

327. Decline sutor, talium, domi. 

Give the construction of institueret, dicere. 
Give the principal parts of risit, emi, periit. 
Use an ablative absolute, when possible, in the following sen- 
tences instead of a subordinate clause : — 

{a) When this answer had been given, he went away. 
(^) When he heard the salutation, he bought the bird. 
(c) Because the workman was poor, he gave him money. 
(//) After the civil wars were finished, Augustus began to adorn 
(adomo) the city. 

{e) When he heard these words, he was astonished. 



124 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



328. 

Butor, sutoxli (m.), cobbler, 
BoUicito (i), stir up, 
exemplum, -i (n.), example, 
Balutatio, -onla (f.), greeting, 
Boleo (2), -itua (semi-deponent), 
to be accustomed. 



VOCABULARY 



BatiB, adv., often used as noun, 
w. part, gen., enough, 

roBpondeo (2), -i, -BponsuB, an- 
swer, 

impensa, -ae (f.), expense, 

pereo (4), -ii, -itoruB, be lost. 



LESSON 110 
329. EXERCISE IN SIGHT TRANSLATION 
EUTROPIUS 

Interea Brutus et Cassius magnum bellum moverunt, Erant 
enim per Macedoniam et Orientem multi exercitus, quos occupa- 
verant. Profecti sunt igitur contra eos Caesar Octavianus Augu- 
stus et M. Antonius (remanserat enim ad defendendam Italiam 
Lepidus). 

Apud Philippos, Macedoniae urbem, contra eos pugnaverunt. 
Primo proelio victi sunt Antonius et Caesar, periit tamen dux 
nobilitatis Cassius; secundd proelio Brutum interfecerunt. Ac 
SIC inter eos divisa est res publica, ut Augustus Hispanias, Gal- 
lias et Italiam teneret, Antonius Asiam, Pontum, Orientem. 

330. 



igh 


t ways of 


expressing purpose : — 


I. 


Lepidus 


venit ut Italiam defenderet. 


2. 


« 


" qui italiam defenderet. 


3- 


li 


" ad defendendum italiam. 


4. 


u 


" ad defendendam italiam. 


5- 


li 


" italiae defendendae causa. 


6. 


it 


" italiam defendendl causa. 


7. 
8. 


it 


" italiam defensurus 'i 
" italiam defensum J 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 125 

LESSON 111 

331. LATIN COMPOSITION 

PURPOSE 

Write in as many ways as possible : -^ 

Caesar will lead his army into Kent to find out the nature of the 
country. • 

332. Examine carefully the sequence of tenses in the following 
sentences. What tense follows the -present, the future, the perfect, 
the imperfect? 

1. I am trying to find out. 4. I have tried to find out. 

2. I was trying to find out. 5. I tried to find out. 

3. I shall try to find out. 6. I had tried to find out. 

333. VOCABULARY 

Cantium, -i (n.), Kent regio, -onis (f.), country, 

ezploro (f.), find out cognosco (3), -gnovi, -gnitus, find 

oonor (i), try, out, 

334. Whichof these tenses are primary? secondary? Explain 
the distinction. 



LESSON 112 

335. LATIN IDIOMS 

The idioms of any language are phrases peculiar to that lan- 
guage, not to be translated literally into any other ; as to carry 
out a plan cannot be rendered into any other language by the 
verb to carry and the adverb out, as though it were a box or 
a basket. In military phrases, such as face about, pitch a camp, 



126 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 




A ROMAN SCHOOL 

break up campy fall in, it is easily understood that the common 
words to break or to pitch would not apply. Therefore it is always 
necessary to render ideas, not separate words. 

336. Express by one word in English, and if possible in 
Latin : — 



I. 


Without grudging. 


6. 


A second time. 


2. 


Eager for money. 


7- 


In all places. 


3. 


To be desirous of. 


8. 


To run away. 


4. 


To be pleasing to. 


9- 


To give admission to 


5- 


Most of all. 


10. 


Treacherous plots. 



337. Learn the following : — 

celerius opinione, sooner than any one would think, 
nihil negoti, no business ; quid negoti, what business ? 
quisque nobilissimus, all the nobility, 
inter si amantes, loving one another. 
dicto audientes, obedient. 

Bring in ten English phrases that cannot be rendered word 
for word. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 12/ 

LESSON 113 

338. IDIOMATIC USES OF ESSE 

1. The part or duty of any person is often expressed by the 
genitive with ease : — 

Imperatoxls est, // is a generaVs duty, 

SapientiB est pauca loqui, it is the part of a wise man to say little. 

Suae dignitatis est, // is consistent with his dignity, 

2. The dative is used with esse to denote the owner : — 

Est mihi liber, / have a book. 

Nobis sunt libri mulli, we have many books. 

3. Esse is often used with an adverb instead of an adjective : — 

Bene est, it is well. 

Recte sunt omnia, all is well, 

339. Learn the following : — 

Bono animo esse, to feel kindly toward. 
Pro hoste esse, to be accounted an enemy. 
Tanti est, it is worth while, 

340. Write in Latin, by the above rules : — 

1. I have, you have, he has, we have, they have, 

2. Caesar has, Caesar had, Caesar will have. 

3. It is a consuPs business ; it is a soldier*s duty. 

4. Soldiers will always obey a good general. 

5. The Romans had no business in Gaul. 



APPENDIX 



341. GENERAL VIEW OF REGULAR CASE-ENDINGS 



DECLENSION 




I 


II 


III 


IV 


V 


Singular 


Nom. 


a 


us, er, ir, um 


j s, and other ( 


/ us, u 


es 


Voc. 


a 


e, er, ir, um 


( endings ) 


us, u 


es 


Gen. 


ae 


I 


is 


us 


ei 


DaL 


ae 


6 


1 


ui, u 


ei 


Ace, 


am 


um 


em, im 


um, u 


em 


AbL 


a 


6 


e,i 


u 


e 


Plural 


iV., F. 


ae 


i,a 


es, a, ia 


us, ua 


es 


Gen. 


arum 


orum 


um, ium 


uum 


erum 


Ace, 


as 


OS, a 


es, is, a, ia 


us, ua 


es 


D„ Abl. 


Is 


IS 


ibus 


ibus 


ebus 



342. 

Nom. 



FIRST DECLENSION 



Gen. 

Sg. Stella (/) stellae 
PL Stellae stellarum 

EASY STEPS IN LAT.- 



DAT. Acc. 


Voc. 


Abl. 


stellae stellam 


Stella 


steUa 


stellTs Stellas 


Stellae 


stellls 


■9 129 







star 



130 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



343« 



SECOND DECLENSION 



NoM. Gen. 


DAT. 


Acc. 


Voc. 


Abl. 




S^, hortus (w.) horti 
/v. horti hortorum 


horto 
hortis 


hortum 
hortas 


horte 
horti 


horto 
hortis 


gardi 


^. puer (w.) pueri 
/v. pueri puer5rum 


puero 
pueris 


puerum 
puer5s 


puer 
pueri 


puer5 
pueris 


bay 


S^, ager (w.) agri 
/y. agri agr5rum 


agr5 
agris 


agrum 
agrSs 


ager 
agri 


agro 
agris 


field 


S^, d5num (».) doni 
/y. dona d5n5rum 


dono 
d5n!s 


d5num 
ddna 


d5nuiii 
ddna 


d5n5 
d5ms 


Sift 



344- 

Sg, rex(m.) 
PL reges 



THIRD DECLENSION 



regis 
regum 



regl regem 

regibus reges 



Sg, miles (^1.) militis mllitl militem 

PI, mllites mllitum militibus mllites 



Sg, turns (/) turris turri 

PI, turres turrium turribus 



rex rege kit^ 

reges regibus 

miles mllite soldier 

mllites militibus 



turrem (*im) turris turre (-1) tower 
turres (-Is) turres turribus 



Sg, nomen(».) nominis nomini n5men 
PI, nomina nominum ndminibus ndraina 



Sg urbs(/) 


urbis 


urbl 


urbem urbs 


urbe 


PI, urbes 


urbium 


urbibus 


urbes (-is) urbes 


urbibus 



nomen nomine name 
nomina n5minibus 

city 



345. 



FOURTH DECLENSION 



Sg, manus (/} manus manul (H) manum 

PI, manus manuum manibus maniis 

Sg, cornii («.) corniis(-ii) comu comu 

PL comua cornuum comibus comua 

Sg, domus (/) domiis or domul or domum 

donu domo 

PL domus domuum<?rdomibus domos ^r 

domorum domus 



manus manu hand 
maniis manibus 

comli comu horn 
cornua comibus 

domus domo or house 

domu ox home 
domus domibus 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



131 



346' 



FIFTH DECLENSION 



NOM. 


Gen. 


DAT. 


Ace. 


Voc 


Abl. 




*. res (/) 


re! 


re! 


rem 


res 


re 


thing 


PI res 


rerum 


rebus 


res 


res 


rebus 




Sg. dies (m, or/:) 


die! (-e) 


die! (-e) 


diem 


dies 


die 


day 


PI, dies 


dierum 


diebus 


dies 


dies 


diebus 




Sg, fides (/) 


fide! 


fide! 


fidem 


fides 


fide 


faith 



In the fifth declension, only dids and res are complete in 
the plural. 



347. ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND 
DECLENSIONS 



Bonus, 







SINGULAR 






PLURAL 






M. 


F, 


N. 


M. 


F. 


N, 


Nam, 


bonus 


* bona 


bonum 


bon! 


bonae 


bona 


Gen. 


bon! 


bonae 


bon! 


bondrum 


bonarum 


bonorum 


Dat. 


bona 


bonae 


bon5 


bon!s 


boms 


boms 


Ace. 


bonum 


bonam 


bonum 


bonos 


bonas 


bona 


Voe. 


bone 


bona 


bonum 


bon! 


bonae 


bona 


Abl, 


bon5 


bona 


bono 

Niger, 


boms 
blaek 


boms 


boms 



Nom. niger nigra nigrum 

Gen, nigr! Jiigrae nigr! 

Dat, nigr5 nigrae nigro 

Ace, nigrum nigram nigrum 

Voc, niger nigra nigrum 

Abl. nigr5 nigra nigrS 



nigr! nigrae nigra 

nigr5rum nigrirum nigrorum 

nigr!s nigr!s nigris 

nigros nigras nigra 

nigr! . nigrae nigra 

nigr!s nigr!s nigr!s 



348. The following have the genitive singular in ins and the 
dative in i in all genders : — 

alius, -a, -ud, another boIus, -a, -um, alone 

totuSy -a, -um, whole unus^ -a^ -um^ one 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



135 





Indicative 

SINGULAR PLURAL 


Subjunctive 
Imperfect 

singular plural 


I. 

2. 
3. 


eram 

er&B 

erat 


eramuB 

erfttiB 

erant 




eBBem (forem) 
eBB^B (forfiB) 
eaaet (foret) 


eBBfimuB 
esBfitiB 
easent (forent) 








Future 




I. 
2. 

3. 


er5 

. eriB 

erit 


erimuB 

eritlB 

enint 








I. 
2. 

3- 


lul 

foisa 

foit 


Perfect 

fuimuB faeriin 
folBtiB faerlB 
fafinmt, faSre fuerit 


fuerimuB 

fueritiB 

fuerint 


I. 
2. 
3. 




fuerftmuB 

fuer&tiB 

fuerant 


Plup 


erfect 
fuiBBem 

fuiBB^B 

fuiBBet 


fui886muB 

fuiflBfitiB 

fuiflsent 


I. 
2. 
3. 


faer5 
faarlB 
fuerit 


FtUure 
fuerimuB 
fueritiB 
fuerint 


Perfect 





Imperative 
singular 

Present. 2. ea, be you 
Future, 2. estS, you shall be 
3. estS, he shall be 

Infinitive 



PLURAL 

2. este, be ye 

2. wiX,hXJt^ ye shall be 

3. 8unt5, they shall be 



Present, esae, to be 

Perfect, fuiaae, to have been 

Future, fore or futtlruB eaae, to be about to be 



Participle 
Future, futfLruB, -a, -urn, about to be 



136 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



354. ACnVB VOICE 

FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION 

Am5, amftre, am&vl, am&tus Mone5, monfire, monul, monituB 



Indicative 




Subjunctive 


Indicative 


Subjunctive 




PRBSBNT 




present 


I love 




/ may love 


I warn 


/ may warn 


am5 




amem 


moneS 


moneam 


amfts 




amfiB 


monfiB 


mone&B 


amat 




amet 


monet 


moneat 


amamuB 




amfimuB 


monemuB 


moneftmuB 


am&tts 




amfitiB 


monfitiB 


mone&tlB 


amant 




ament 


monent 


moneant 




IMPERFECT 1 




imperfect 


I loved 




/ might love 


I warned 


I might warn 


am&bam 




amarem 


monfibam 


monCrem 


am&b&B 




amar6B 


mon6b&B 


monSrSB 


am&bat 




amftret 


monfibat 


mon6ret 


am&bamuB 




amar6muB 


monfibamuB 


monSrStnuB 


am&b&tiB 




amarfitiB 


monfib&tiB 


monCrStiB 


am&bant 




amftrent 


monSbant 


monCrent 


/ shall love 


FUTURE 




I shall warn 


future 


am&bd 






monSbo 




amSlbiB 






monSbiB 




am&bit 






mongbit 




am&bimuB 






monSbimuB 




am&bitiB 






monSbitiB 




am&bunt 






monSbunt 






PERFECT 1 




perfect 


/ loved 




/ may have loved 


/ warned 


/ may have warned 


amavi 




amaverim 


monul 


monuerim 


amavlBtX 




amaveriB 


monulBti 


monueriB 


amavit 




amaverit 


monuit 


monuerit 


amavimuB 




amaverimoB 


monuimuB 


monuerimuB 


amaviBtlB 




amaveritiB 


monulBtiB 


monueritlB 


amavSmnt 


(-Sre) 


amaverint 


monugnint (-6re) monuerint 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



137 



ACTIVE VOICE 

THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION 

Tegd, tegere, tHid, tfictUB Aadi5, audire, audlvl, audltus 



Indicative 


Subjunctive 


Indicative 


Subjunctive 


I cover 


PRESENT 

/ may cover 


I hear 


PRESENT 

/ may hear 


teg5 

teglB 
tegit 


tegam 

tegftB 
tegat 


audiS 

audiB 
audit 


audiftB 
audiat 


tegimuB 

tegitlB 
tegunt 


tegSmuB 

teg&tiB 
tegant 


audbnuB 

aadltiB 

audiunt 


audiftmUB 

audi&tis 
audiant 


I covered 


IMPERFECT 

/ might cover 


I heard 


IMPERFECT 

/ might hear 


tegSbam 

teg6b&B 
tegSbat 


tegerem 

tegergB 

tegeret 


audiSbam 

audiSbSls 
audiebat 


audirem 

audlrfis 

audiret 


tegSbamuB 

teg6b&ti8 

tegSbant 


tegerSmuB 

tegeretiB 

tegerent 


audiebSmuB 

audiSb&tiB 

audiSbant 


audlremuB 

audlretis 

audirent 


/ shall cover 


FUTURE 


I shall hear 


FUTURE 


tegam 

teggB 

teget 




audiam 

audiSB 

audiet 




tegfimuB 

tegetiB 
tegent 


PERFECT 


audiSmuB 

audiStis 

audient 


PERFECT 


I covered 


/ may have covered 


I heard 


/ may have heard 


texl 

texiBtX 

texit 


texerim 

t'xerifl 
texerit 


audM 

audiviflti 

audivit 


audiverim 

audiveris 

audiverit 


teximuB texerimuB 
texifltiB texeritiB 
texfinint (-fire) texerint 


audivimuB audiverimuB 

audivistiB ' audiveritia 
audiv6nmt (-fire) audiverint 



138 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



ACnVB VOICE 

FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION 

Am5, amSre, am&vl, am&tus Moiie5, monfire, monul, monitoB 



Indicative Subjunctivk 


Indicative Subjunctive 


PLUPERFECT 


PLUPERFECT 


/ had loved I might have loved 


/ had wa med I might have warned 


amaveram amavissem 


monueram monuiaaem 


amaver&B amavisses 


monuer&a monuiaaSa 


amaverat amavisset 


monuerat monuiaaet 


amaveramua amaviasSmus 


monaeramua monuiaafimua 


amaver&tlB amaviaaStiB 


monuerfttia monuiaafitia 


amaverant amaviaaent 


monuerant monuiaaent 


FUTURE PERFECT 


FUTURE PERFECT 


I shall have loved 


I shall have warned 


amaver5 


monuerS 


amaveria 


monueria 


amaverit 


monuerit 


amaverimua 


monuerimua 


amaveriUa 


monueritia 


amaverint 


monuerint 


Infinitive 


Infinitive 


pREs. amSre, to love 


PRES. mongre, to warn 


PERF. amavlaae, to have loved 


PERF. monuiaae, to have warned 


fut. amaturua eaae, to be about to 


FUT. monltiirua eaae, to be about to 


love 


warn 


Imperative 


Imperative 


PRESENT 


PRESENT 


5. 2. amft, love you 


5. 2. monfi, warn you 


P, 2. amate, love ye ox you 


P, 2. monSte, warn ye or you 


FUTURE 


FUTURE 


5. 2. 2iaAtb, you shall love 


S. 2. monSt5, you shall warn 


3. amfttd, he shall love 


3. monCtS, he shall warn 


P, 2. ain&t5te, you shall love 


P, 2. mongtSte, you shall warn 




3. monent5, they shall warn 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



139 



ACTIVE VOICE 

THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION 

Teg5, tegere, t6zl, tfictus Aadi5, audire, audlvl, audltus 



Indicativb SuBJUNCnVK 


Indicative Subjunctive 


PLUPERFECT 


PLUPERFECT 


/ had covered I might have covered 


/ had heard I might have heard 


texeram texisBem 


aadiveram audivlBBem 


texerfts texissfis 


audiver&B audiviBB6B 


texerat texisset 


audiverat audivisBOt 


texerftmua texissemus 


audlveramuB audivlB86muB 


texer&tiB texissetiB 


audiver&tiB audlviBsetiB 


texerant texlBsent 


audiverant audivissent 


FUTURE PERFECT 


FUTURE PERFECT 


I shall have covered 


I shall have heard 


texer5 


audiverS 


texeris 


audiverlB 


texerlt 


audiverit 


texeritnuB 


audiverimuB 


texeritiB 


audlverltifl 


texerint 


audlverint 


Infinitive 


Infinitive 


pREs. tegere, to cover 


PRES. audire, to hear 


pekf. texisBO, to have covered 


PERF. audivisse, to have heard 


FUT. tectuniB OBBO, to be about to 


FUT. auditHruB esse, to be about to 


cover 


hear 


Imperative 


Imperative 


present 


PRESENT 


S, 2. tege, cover you 


S. 2. audi, hear you 


P. 2. tegite, cover ye ox you 


P, 2. ZM^tBy hear ye ox you 


FUTURE 


FUTURE 


S. 2. tegit5, you shall cover 


S. 2. ^.Vi^it6, you shall hear 


3. tegitS, he shall cover 


3. audits, he shall hear 


P, 2. tegit5te, you shall cover 


P. audltote, you shall hear 


3. teguntS, they shall cover 


audiuntd, they shall hear 



140 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



ACTIVE VOICE 

FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION 

Amd^amSre, am&vl, am&tas Moiie5, monfire, monul, monitus 



Participles 
PREs. amflns, loving 
FUT. am&tHrua, -a, -um, about to 
love 

Gerund 

Gen, amandl, of loving 
Dat. amand5, for loving 
Ace, amandum, loving 
Abl, amand5, by loving 



Supine 



am&tum, to love 



Participles 
PRES. monfins, warning 
PUT. monittinis, -a, -um, about to 
warn 

Gerund 

Gen, monendl, of warning 
Dat, monendd, for ivarning 
Ace. monendum, warning 
Abl, moneiid5, by warning 

Supine 
monitxun, to warn 



355. PASSIVE VOICE 

FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION 

Amor, amSbi, am&tus sum Moneor, monfixf, monitua sum 



Indicative 


Subjunctive 


Indicative 


Subjunctive 




present 




PRESENT 


I am loved 


/ may be loved 


I am warned 


/ may be warned 


amor 


amer 


moneor 


monear 


am&ris (-re) 


amSris (-re) 


monSris (-re) 


moneftrls (-re) 


amfttur 


amCtur 


mongtur 


mone&tur 


amSlmur 


amSmur 


monSmur 


moneSmur 


am&mini 


am6minl 


monfimini 




amantur 


amentur 


monentur 


moneantur 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



141 



ACTIVE VOICE 

THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION 

Teg5, tegere, tfisd, tSctas Audid, audire, audivi, audltus 



Participles 
PRKs. tegfins, covering 
FUT. tectHrua, -a, -um, about to 
cover 

Gerund 

Gen. tegendl, of covering 
Dat, tegend5, for covering 
Ace, tegendum, covering 
Abl. tegend5, by covering 

Supine 
tectum, to cover 



Participles 
pREs. audifins, hearing 
FUT. audittlrus, -a, -um, about to 
hear 

Gerund 

Gen, audiendl, of hearing 
Dat. audieiid5, for hearing 
Ace. audiendum, hearing 
Abl, audleiid5, by hearing 

Supine 
audftmn, to hear 



PASSIVE VOICE 

THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION 

Tegor, tegi, tfictiui sum Audior, audM, audltus sum 



Indicative 


Subjunctive 


Indicative 


Subjunctive 




PRESENT 




PRESENT 


I am covered 


/ may be covered 


I am heard 


/ may be heard 


tegor 


tegar 


audior 


audiar 


tegeris (-re) 


tegariB (-re) 


audiris (-re) 


audiarlB (-re) 


tegitur 


teg&tur 


auditur 


audi&tur 


tegimur 


tegftmur 


audimur 


audiSmur 


tegimini 


tegaminl 




audi3i]iiiii 


teguntur 


tegantur 


audiuntur 


audiantur 



142 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



PASSIVE VOICB 

FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION 

Amor, amftrl, am&tcui sum Moneor, monM, monitas sum 



Indicative 


Subjunctive 


Indicative 


Subjunctive 


IMPERFECT 


IMPERFECT 


I was loved 


/ might be loved 


I was warned 


/ might he warned 


am&bar 


amftrer 


monfibeu: 




am&bftris (-re) 
am&b&tar 


amftrfiris (-re) 
amftrfitor 


monSbftria (-re) 
monfib&tor 


monSrCria (-re) 
monfirfitor 


am&bftmur 


amftrfimur 


monfibamur 


monfirfimur 


am&bftmlnl 


amftrfiminl 


monfibaminl 


monfir&niiil 


am&bantur 


amftrentar 


monfibantor 


monSrentur 


FUTURE 

IshaUheloved 


future 
I shall he warned 


am&bor 




monSbor 




am&beris (-re) 
am&bitor 




monfiberia (-re) 
monfibitur 




am&bimur 




monfibimur 




am&biminl 




monfibiminl 




am&brintar 

PERFECT 

I was laved ^ '^^'^^^^ ^'^" 


monSbuntur 

PERFECT 




amatus aim 


monitus aum 


monitus aim 


amatus es 


amatus als 


monitus ea 


monitus aJa 


amiltus est 


amatus ait 


monitus eat 


monitus ait 


ami» Bumtui 


amS» almua 


monit! aomaa 


monid almua 


amat! estis 


amat! altia 


monit! eatia 


monit! altia 


amat! Bimt 


amad aint 


monit! aunt 


monit! aint 


PLUPERFECT 


PLUPERFECT 


amatus eram 


amatus eaaem 


monitus eram 


monitus eaaem 


amatus erfts 


amatus eaafia 


monitus er&a 


monitus eaafia 


amatus erat 


amatus eaaet 


monitus erat 


monitus eaaet 


amati erftmus 


amat! eaaemua 


monit! erftmua 


monit! eaafimua 


amat! er&tiB 


amat! eaaetia 


monit! er&tia 


monit! eaafitia 


amat! erant 


amat! eaaent 


monit! erant 


monit! eaaent 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



143 



PASSIVE VOICB 

THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION 

Tegor, tefi, tfictns Bum Audior, audlxl, aadltos sum 



Indicative 


Subjunctive 


Indicative 


Subjunctive 


IMPERFECT 


imperfect 


/ was covtred 


/ might he covered 


/ wets heard 


I might he heard 


tegfibar 


tegerer 


audiCbar 


audirer 


tegCbaris (-re) 


tegerSrlB (-re) 


audiebftriB (-re) 


audlrfiriB (-re) 


teg6b&tar 


tegerfitur 


audi6b&tar 


audirfitur 


tegebamur 


tegerfimur 


audiebamur 


audirfimur 


tegfibamiol 




audiebaminl 




tegSbantar 


tegerentor 


audifibantur 


audlrentor 


FUTURE 1 


future 


/ shall he covered 




I shall be heard 




tegar 




audiar 




tegfirls (-re) 




audifiriB (-re) 




tegetor 




audietur 




tegemur 




audifimur 




tegeminl 




audifiminl 




tegentor 




audientor 




PERFECT 1 


perfect 


/ was covered 


/ may have heen 
covered 


/ was heard 


/ may have heen 
heard 


tectus Bum 


tectus Bim 


auditus Bum 


auditus aim 


tectus ea 


tectus bIb 


auditus CB 


auditus bIb 


tectus est 


tectus Bit 


auditus eBt 


auditus Bit 


tecti BumuB 


tecti BimuB 


audit! BomuB 


audit! BimuB 


tecti estlB 


tecti BitiB 


audit! CBtiB 


audit! utiB . 


tecti Bunt 


tecti Bint 


audit! Bunt 


audit! Bint 


PLUPERFECT | 


pluperfect 


/ had been covered 


I might {should) 
have been covered 


I had heen heard 


I might {should) 
have been heard 


tectus eram 


tectus CBBem 


auditus eram 


auditus eBBom 


tectus erftB 


tectus cbbSb 


auditus er&B 


auditus eBBfia 


tectus erat 


tectus CBBCt 


auditus erat 


auditus eBBOt 


teed erftmuB 


tecti eBBfimoB 


audit! erftmuB 


audit! eBBfimuB 


tecti er&tlB 


tecti CBsfitiB 


audit! er&tiB 


audit! eBBfitia 


tecti erant 


tecti eBBent 


audit! erant 


audit! eaaent 



144 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



PASSIVE VOICE 

FIRST CONJUGATION SECOND CONJUGATION 

Amor, amftrl, am&tus sum Moneor, monfirl, monitiui sum 





Indicative 




Indicative 




FUTURE PERFECT 




FUTURE PERFECT 




/ shall have been loved 




I shall have been warned 




amatus iBr5 




monitus er5 




amatus eris 




monitus eris 




amatus erit 




monitus erit 




amati eritnus 




moniti erimus 




amati eritis 




' moniti eritis 




amati enint 




moniti erunt 




Infinitive 




Infinitive 


PRES. 


am&ri, to be loved 


PRES. 


monfirl, to be warned 


PERF. 


amfttUB esse, to have been 


PERF. 


monitus esse, to have been 




loved 




warned 


PUT. 


amfttum M or am&tus fore, 


FUT. 


monitum M or monitus fore. 




to be about to be loved 




to be about to be warned 




Imperative 




Imperative 




PRESENT 




» PRESENT 


5. 2. 


amftre, be you loved 


5. 2. 


monSre, be you warned 


p. 2. 


am&mini, be ye loved 


P, 2. 


monSminl, be ye warned 




FUTURE 




future 


S, 2. 


am&tor, you shall be loved 


S. 2. 


monfitor, you shall be warned 


3. 


am&tor, he shall be loved 


3- 


monStor, he shall be warned 


P, 2. 

3. 


• 


P, 2. 

3- 




amantor, they shall be loved 


monentor, they shall be warned 




Participles 




Participles 


PERF. 


amatus, -a, -um, having 


PERF. 


monitus, -a, -um, having 




been loved 




been warned 


GERUNDIVE amandus, -a, -um, to be { 


gerundive monenduB, -a, -um, to be 




loved 




warned 




Supine 




Supine 


am&tfl, to be loved 


monitfl, to be warned 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



145 



PA88IVB VOICB 

THIRD CONJUGATION FOURTH CONJUGATION 

Tegor, tegl, tfictos sam Audlor, aadld, audltus sum 



INDICATIVB 




Indicative 


FUTURE PBRFSCT 




FUTURE FERFECT 


I shall have bttn covered 




T shall have been heard 


tectus er5 




audittts er5 


tectus wAm 




audittts eris 


tectus erit 




audittts erit 


tecti erlmuB 




audit! erimus 


tect! eritdB 




audit! eritis 


tecti enmt 




audit! enmt 


iNFINmVB 




Infinitive 


FREs. tegl, to be covered 


FRES. 


audirl, to be heard 


FBRF. tectus eMe, to have been cov- 


FERF. 


audltus esse, to have been 


ered 




heard 


POT. tectum M or tectus fore, to 


FUT. 


audltum M or audltus fore, 


be about to be covered 




to be about to be heard 


Imfbrativb 




Imperative 






PRESENT 


S, 2. tegere, be you covered 


S. 2. 


audlre, be you heard 


P. 2, tegiminl, be ye covered 


P. 2. 


SLVidSmlihl, be ye heard 


FUTURE 






S» 2. tegitor» you shall be covered 


5. 2. 


auditor, you shall be heard 


3. tegitor, he shall be covered 


3. 


auditor, he shall be heard 


D «. 


P. 2. 

5. 




3. teguntor, they shall be covered 


audiuntor, they shall be heard 


Particifles 




PARTiaPLES 


FBRF. tectus, -a, -um, having 


FERF. 


audltus, -a, -um, having 


been covered 




been heard 


GERUNDIVE tegoudus (-undus), -a, 


GERUNDIVE audieudus, -a, -um, to 


•um, to be covered 




be heard 


SUFINE 




Supine 


tectll, to be covered 


audltH, to be heard 



EASY STEPS IN LAT. — ID 



146 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



356. THIRD CONJUGATION. VERBS IN -10 
Verbs in -15 {present stem) are inflected as follows : — 



Active Voice 


Pasaive Voice 


Indicative 


Subjunctive 


Indicative 


Subjunctive 




PRESENT 




I take 


/ may take 


lam taken 


I may be taken 


capi5 

capis 
capit 


capiam 

capi&s 
capiat 


capior 

capexia (-re) 
capitur 


capiar 
capi&ris (-re) 
capiatur 


capimus 

capitis 

capirint 


capiftmuB 

capiAtis 

capiant 

IMPEI 


capimur 
capimini 
capimitor 

IFECT 


capiftmur 
capiSminl 
capiantur 


Ufok (was taking) 


/ might take 


/was taken 


/ might have ^aken 


capifibam 

capi6b&s 
capifibat 


caperem 

caperfis 
caperet 


.capifibar 
capifibftris (-re) 
capi6b&tar 


caperer 
caperfiris (-re) 
caperfitur 


capifibamuB 

capi6b&tiB 

capifibant 


caper 6mus 

caperfitis 

caperent 

FUT 


capifibamur 
capifibSminI 
capifibantnr 

URE 


caperSmur 
caperSminl 
caperentnr 


I shall take 




I shall be taken 




capiam 

capifis 

capiet 




capiar 

capifiris (-re) 
capifitor 




capifimus 

capifitis 

capient 


PER] 


capiSmur 
capifiminl 
capientur 




cepi 


ceperlm 

PLUPE 


captua sum 

HFECT 


captua aim 


ceperam 


cepissem 


captua eram 


captua esaem 




FUTURE 


PERFECT 




ceper6 




captua er5 





EASY STEPS IN LATIN 
Active Voice Passive Voice 



147 





Imperative 




cape 

capita 

capita 


capite 

capitate 

capiunta 


capere 


capiminl 


capitor 


capirintor 




Infinitive 




capere 


cepisse | capl 
Participles 


captus ess 


capiens 


capttlruB 


captas 


capiendos 



357. A SYNOPSIS OF TBO6, ARRANGED BY STEMS 
Tega, t&d, tfictus 

From teg- (a), stem tege- 





Active Voice 


Passive Voice 


Present Indicative 


tega 


tegor 


Imperfect Indicative 


teg6bam 


tegSbar 


Future Indicative 


tegam 


tegar 


Present Subjunctive 


tegam 


tegar 


Imperfect Subjunctive 


tegerem 


tegerer 


Imperative 


tege, future, tegita 


tegere, tegitor 


Infinitive 


tegere 


tegl 


ParHHple 


tegCns 


tegendus 


Gerund 


tegendl 






From t6a:-(I) 


From tact-(um) 


Perfect Indicative 


tesd 


tectus sum 


Pluperfect Indicative 


texeram 


tectus eram 


Future Perfect Indicative 


texera 


tectus era 


Perfect Subjunctive 


texerim 


tectus Sim 


Pluperfect Subjunctive 


texissem 


tectus essem 


Perfect Infinitive 


texisse 


tectus esse 


Future Infinitive 




f tecttbns esse (active) 
tectum III (passive) 


Future Participle 




tecttbns (active) 


Perfect Participle 




tectus (passive) 


Supines 




tectum, tecta 



148 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

IMPORTANT CHANGES OF VOWELS AND CONSONANTS 

VOWELS 

358. I. 1 takes the place of a or e before a single consonant ; 
this change is especially to be noticed in the many compounds of 
ago, oapio, and faoio, as redlgo, reoipi5, xefioi5. For translation, 
therefore, separate all such compounds into the preposition and 
the simple verb, a generally taking the place of L 

2. an becomes a or o, as olaudo, shut; ezoludS, shut out: 
plaudo, clap: explodo, to clap loudly. 

CONSONANTS 

3. In compounds, especially frequent with prepositions, the final 
consonant of the prefix is changed to correspond with the letter 
following; as — 

■ub-pono = suppono ad-onrro = aconrrS 

■ub-f ero = suffero ' ad-tangS = attingo 

This change is called assimilation. 

4. d and t are often omitted for euphony, as lao(t), milk; la- 
pi(d)s, a stone; ^(^m^ foot, 

5. Also, for euphony, m often takes the place of n, as eomndeniy 
eundem. 



PRINCIPAL RULES OF SYNTAX 



The numbers in parentfieaes refer to sections in which the constructions or 
rules occur. 

H. «B Harkness' Complete Latin Grammar, references to Harkness' Standard 
Grammar being inclosed in parentheses ; L. «b Lane and Moigan ; A. «b Allen and 
Greenough; G.MGildersleeve; B.aB Bennett . 



1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case (zz) : 
H. 3S7 (368) ; L. 4SS ; A. 173, a; G. 203 ; B. 166. 

2. A finite verb agrees with its subject in number and person 
(z3) : H. 388 (460) ; L. 469 ; A. 204 ; G. 211 ; B. 254. 

3. An adjective agrees with its noun in gender, number, and 
case (aa) : H. 394 (438) ; L. 476 ; A. 186 ; G. 211 ; B. 234. 

4. A pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number, 
but its case depends upon its use (z88) : H. 396 (445) ; L. 483 ; 
A. 198 ; G. 614 ; B. 250. 

5. A noun limiting another noun, meaning the same person or 
thing, is put by apposition in the same case (zz3) : H. 393 (363) ; 
L. 475 ; A. 184; G. 321 ; B. 169. 

THE GENITIVE 

6. A noun limiting another noun, not meaning the same person 
or thing, is generally in the genitive case : H. 439 (395) ; L. 550 ; 
A. 213; G. 362; B. 195. 

7. Adjectives and other words denoting desire, knowledge, 
memory, fullness, power, shai;ing, guilt, and their opposites, 
govern the genitive: H. 4sz (399); L. 573; A. 218, a, ^; G. 
374; B. 204. 

149 



I50 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

8. Words denoting a part are followed by the genitive of the 
whole to which the part belongs : H. 444 (397) ; L. 559 ; A. 216 ; 
G. 367; B. 201. 

THE ACCUSATIVE 

9. The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative : 
H. 404 (371) ; L. 497 ; A. 237 ; G. 330 : B. 172. 

10. Most prepositions are followed by the accusative : H. 420 
(433) ; L. 659 j A. 152 ; G. 416 ; B. 141. 

11. Verbs of asking, demanding, teaching, and concealing take 
two accusatives, one of the person, and the other of the thing : 
H. 411 (374) ; L. 522 ; A. 239, c ; G. 339 ; B. 178. 

12. Duration of time and extent of space are expressed by the 
accusative (201, i) : H. 417 (379); L. 513; A. 240, e; G. 334; 
B. 181. 

13. The place to which is put in the accusative with ad or in ; 
names of towns, also domuB and rue, need no preposition : H. 418 
(380) ; L. 5x5 ; A. 258 ; G. 337 ; B. 182. 

THE DATIVE 

14. The dative is the case of indirect object (11) : H. 424 
(382); L. 525 ; A. 224; G. 345 ; B. 186. 

15. Verbs, adjectives, and other words that would naturally be 
followed in English by the prepositions ft? and /or, take the 
dative (196): H. 434 (391); L. 532; A. 234, a; G. 346; 
B. 192. 

16. Two datives are used with a few verbs to denote the object 
to which and the end for which (196, 4) : H. 433 (390) ; L. 548 ; 
A. 233 ; G. 3SS ; B. 191, 2. 

17. The dative is used with the verb sum to denote possession 
(196, 3) : H. 430 (387) ; L. 542 ; A. 231 ; G. 349 ; B. 190. 

18. Most verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, 
post, prae, pro, sub, and super take the dative (223) : H. 429 (386) ; 
L. 534; A. 228; G. 347; B. 187. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 151 



THE ABLATIVE 



19. Cardinal numbers and a few other words take the ablative 
with e, ex, or de, instead of the partitive genitive (192, 2) : H. 444 
(397i N. 3) ; L. 563 ; A. 216, c; G. 372 ; B. 201, a. 

20. The ablative is used without a preposition to express — 
(a) Source or separation (iii): H. 460 (413); L. 600, 609; 

A. 243, 244; G. 395 ; B. 214, 215. 

{3) Cause, manner, means (203, 2) : H. 472 (419, 420) ; L. 612, 
636; A. 245, 248; G, 399; B. 218, 219. 

(/) Price or value (272), (316) : H. 478 (422) ; L. 652 ; A. 252 ; 
G. 404 ; B. 225. 

{d) Time when and within which (201) : H. 486 (429) ; L. 630 ; 
A. 258 ; G. 393 ; B. 228. 

(e) Place where and from which (201) : H. 486 (429) ; L. 620 ; 
A. 258 ; G. 393 ; B. 230. 

(/) Accompaniment, usually with cum (102) : H. 473 (419) ; 
L. 634; A. 248, a; G. 401, 8; B. 222. 

21. The voluntary agent of a verb in the passive voice is in the 
ablative with a or ab (141) : H. 431 (415, i) ; L. 614; A. 246 ; 
G. 401 ; B. 216. 

22. Comparatives without qnam take the ablative (203, 3) : 
H. 471 (417); L. 615; A. 247^ G. 398; B. 217. 

23. The deponents utor, fruor, fungor, potior, vescor, and their 
compounds govern the ablative (203, 4) ; H. 477 (421, 4) ; L. 646 ; 
A. 249 ; G. 407 ; B. 218, i. 

24. The ablative of specification is used with a noun, an adjec- 
tive, or a verb to define its application (307) : H. 480 (424) ; 
L. 650; A. 253; G. 397; B. 226. 

25. The prepositions in and sub, denoting rest, are followed by 
the ablative ; denoting motion, by the accusative (61) : H. 490 
(435); L. 666; A. 152, ^:; G. 418; B. 143. 

26. The agent is expressed by the dative regularly after the 
gerundive (denoting obligation or necessity), and often after the 
perfect passive participle (184) : H. 431 (388) ; L. 544 ; A. 232 ; 
G. 354; B. 189. 



152 EASY STEPS IN LATIN 

QUESTIONS 

27. N5ime in a question implies the answer ^'^^^; nnm, no; -no, 
no answer indicated (233) : H. 378 (351, i) ; L. 698; A. 210; 
G. 454, 6 ; B. 162, 2. 

ADVERBS 

28. Adverbs qualify verbs, adjectives, or other adverbs (60) : 
H. 654 (551) ; L. 669 ; A. 207 ; G. 439 ; B. 347. 

INDIRECT DISCOURSE 

29. The infinitive with a subject-accusative is used after verbs 
and other expressions of saying, thinking, knowing, perceiving, 
and the like. This construction is caUed Indirect Discourse (xoo) : 
H. 641 (523); L. 1020; A. 336; G. 530; B. 331. 

Subordinate clauses in indirect discourse always require the 
subjunctive : H, 643 (524) ; L. 788 ; A. 272 ; G. 650; B. 314. 

Questions and commands in indirect discourse are usually in 
the subjunctive: H. 642 (523); I^. 1023, 1024; A. 338, 339; 
G. 652; B. 315,316. 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

30. The subjunctive is used independently to express wish or 
command (96) : H. 558, 559, 2 (483) ; L. 710, 716 ; A, 266, 
267; G. 260, 263; B. 27s, 279. 

31. The subjunctive is used in subordinate clauses to express — 
{a) Purpose (final Clauses) (96) : H. 568 (497) ; L. 893, 9 ; 

A. 317; 0.545; B. 282. 

ip) Result (consecutive clauses) (96) : H. 570 (500) ; L. 902, 5 ; 
A. 319; G. 552; B. 284. 

{c) Condition (conditional clauses) : H. 582 (507) ; L. 926 ; 
A. 307 ; G. 596 ; B. 302, 319. 

{d) Concession (concessive clauses) (290): H. 586 (5x5); 
L. 839 ; A. 326 ; G. 587 ; B. 309. 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 1 53 

(e) Cause (causal clauses) (96) : H. 588 (5 16) ; L. 85 1 ; A. 326; 
G. 586 ; B. 286. 

(/) Time (temporal clauses) (190); H. 600 (521); L. 858; 

A. 325 ; G. 585 ; B. 288, 290. 

(g) Indirect question (96): H. 649 (529); L. 810; A, 334; 
G. 467 ; B. 300. 

(h) Subject or object of a verb (96) : — 

/n sondiHonal clauses (277) : — 

32. The indicative mood assumes the supposed case as real : 
H. 574 (507) ; L. 933 ; A. 306 ; G. 594, i ; B. 302. 

33. The present or perfect subjunctive assumes the case as 
possible: H. 576 (507, 2); L. 936; A. 307; G. 594, 2; 

B. 303. 

34. The imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive assumes the case to 
be contrary to fact : H. 579 (507, 3) ; L. 932 ; A. 308 ; G. 594, 3 ; 
B. 304. 

In causal clauses: — 

35. The indicative gives a reason on the authority of the speaker 
(loa) : H. 588 (516) j L. 788; A. 321 ; G. 539 ; B. 286. 

36. The subjunctive, on the authority of another : H. 588 (5 16) ; 
L. 791 ; A. 326 ; G. 541 ; B. 286. 

37. Cum temporal takes the imperfect and pluperfect tenses in 
the subjunctive ; other tenses in the indicative (190) : H. 598 
(521); L. 858; A. 325 ; G. 580; B. 288. 

THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE 

38. Instead of subordinate clauses denoting time, cause, con- 
dition, etc., a noun and participle are used in the ablative, called 
the ablative absolute (161, i) : H. 489 (431) ; L. 638; A. 255 ; 
G. 409; B. 227. 

39. An adjective or second noun may take the place of the 
participle (x6i, 2) : H. 489, 5 (431, 4) ; L. 639 ; A. 255 ; G. 409 ; 
B. 227, I. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



A. = Aulus. 

a, ab, prep, w. abl,, from, away from, 

by, on the side of ; a tergo, in the 

rear, 
abducd, 3, -diixi, -ductus, lead away, 

take away. 
abeo, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -iturus, go away. 
abicid, 3, -iSci, -iectus, throw away, 

throw. 
abs = ab. 
absque, /r^. w. abL, apart from. 

ac, atque, conj.t and, and especially ; 
as, than. 

accedd, 3, -cessi, -cessurus, go to, ap- 
proach. 

accidd, 3, -i, — , happen. 

accingd, 3, -cinzi,- -cinctus, gird. 

accipid, 3, -cepi, -ceptus, take, receive. 

accommodd, i, fit, harmonize, suit. 

accurrd, 3, -curri or -cucurri, -cursus, 
run to. 

acer, acris, acre, sharp, fierce, keen, 
eager. 

acies, -ei,/, an army, line of battle. 

acriter, sharply, bravely, eagerly. 

Actium, -i, «., a promontory of west- 
em Greece. 

acutus, -a, -urn, sharp. 

ad, prep, w. ace, to, toward; w. 
numerals, about. 

adficid, 3, -feci, -fectus, affect; w, 
abl,f visit with, inflict. 

I 



adhibed, 2, -ui, -itus, summon, turn to. 

adiungd, 3, -iunzi, -iunctus, join to, 
annex. 

adligd, I, tie to. 

administrator, -5ris, m., and admi- 
nistratrix, -icis, /, administrator. 

admodum, very. 

admoved, 2, -m5vi, -mdtus, move to, 
*put; w. flammas, set fire. 

adolescd, 3, -olSvi, -ultus, grow up. 

addmo, i, adorn. 

adsentator, -6ris, m., flatterer. 

adulescens, -entis, m., youth. 

adurd, 3, -ussi, -ustus, bum, scorch. 

advenid, 4, -veni, -ventus, come to, 
arrive. 

adventus, -us, /, arrival. 

aedes, -is, /, temple ; //., house. 

aestimd, i, value, rate. 

aestus, -us, m., tide. 

aetas, -atis, /, age. 

Africanus, -a, -um, African. 

ager, agri, w., field, land, territory. 

aggredior, 3, -gressus, approach, at- 
tack. 

agitd, I, shake, tremble. 

agmen, -inis, n,, army, van. 

ago, 3, egi, actus, act, do, move; an- 
num agens sextum et decimum, at 
sixteen years old; gratias — , thank. 

agricola, -ae, m,, farmer. 

alacritas, -atis, /, eagerness. 

Alba Longa, -ae, /, a town of Italy. 

Albinus, -i, m,, Alban. 

55 



156 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



Albertns, -I, m^ Albert 

albas, -a, -um, white. 

Alexander, -dri, m., Alexander. 

Alfredns, -i, m^ Alfred. 

aliquandd, sometimes, once, once on a 
time. 

aliqnis, -qua, -quid or -quod, indef. 
pron^ some, any, some one. 

alios, -a, -ud, other, another; as 
correL, one . . . one, one . . . another, 
some • . . one, some . . . other. 

alter, -a, -um, the other {of two) ; 
trecentSsimd et alterd, three hun- 
dred and second. 

altus, -a, -tun, high, deep. 

alumnus, -i, m., foster-son. 

alveus, -i, m., boat 

amans, -antis, loving. 

ambuld, i, walk. 

America, -ae, f,^ America. 

Americanus, -a, -um, American. 

amicus, -i, m., friend. 

imittd, 3, -misi, -missus, let go, lose. 

amd, I, love, like, be fond of. 

amoved, 2, -mdvi, -mdtus, take away. 

Amulius, -i, m.^ son of Proca. 

Ancus Marcius, -i, m., fourth king of 
Rome. 

animal, -alls, if ., anunal. 

animus, -i, m.^ mind, courage. 

Anna, -ae, /, Anna. 

annus, -i, m., year; annum agere, 
to be of a certain age; trigintft 
ann5s habere, to be thirty years old. 

ante, adv,^ and prep, w, ace. or abl,, 
before. 

antea, adv., before. 

antequam, conj., before. 

Antdnius, -i, m., Antony. 

anzius, -a, -um, anxious. 

Apenninus, -i, m., the Apennines, a 
mountain range in Italy. 

aperid, 4, open. 

Apolldnius, -i, m,, a distinguished 
teacher at Rhodes. 



appare5, 2, -ni, -itfims, appear. 

appelld, I, call 

Appius, -i, m., a name. 

apprehends, 3, -!, -hinsns, seize. 

app6n5, 3, -posnl, -positns, set before. 

appropinquO, i, approach. 

Aprilis, -is, of April 

apud, prep, w, ace., at, among. 

aqua, -ae, /, water. 

arbor, -oris,/, tree. 

areas, -&s, /, bow. 

argentum, -i, n., silver. 

arma, -Oram, n ., arms. 

arm5, i, arm. 

ar5, 1, plow. 

Arpinum, -i, n ., a town of Italy. 

ars, artis,/., art. 

artus, -fis, m., joint 

arz, ards, /, citadel. 

&s, assis, m., a coin, = about two 
cents. 

ascnb5, 3, -scrips!, -scriptus, enrolL 

Asia, -ae, /, Asia. 

asper, -a, -um, rough. 

at, eonj\t but, at least 

AthSnae, -&rum, /, Athens, a famous 
city of Greece. 

atque, ac, eonj., and, and especially; 
simul — , as soon as. 

atrdx, -Ocis, harsh, bitter. 

auct5ritis, -atis, /, authority, influ- 
ence. 

aud&z, -Icis, darings bold. 

aude(^ 2, ausus sum, dare. 

audid, 4, -ivi, -itus, hear, listen to, 
ob^. 

auditor, -Oris, listener. 

augurium, -i^ n., augury. 

Augustus, -i, a name given to Octa- 
vian after he became emperor. 

Augustus, -a, -um, of August 

aulus, -i, m., flute. 

Aulus, -!, m., a Roman name. 

auris, -is, /, ear. 

aurum, -I, n ., gold. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



157 



aaspidlUlit -il, »., divination from 
observation of birds, omen; //., 
auspices. 

ant, conj,^ or, either. 

antem, conj.t moreover, however, but. 

anzilium, -ii, »., help, aid. 

AYlras, -a, -am, miserly, greedy. 

IyS, haiL 

ATidus, -a, -am, eager, greedy. 

avis, -is, tn, orf,, bird. 

aToncolas, -i, m,, uncle. 

avos, -!, m,^ grandfather, ancestor. 



B 

bftca, -ae,/, berry. 

Bacchus, -i, m., a Greek god of social 
pleasures and wine. 

Belga, -ae, m., Belgian. 

bellom, -I, #r., war. 

bene, adv., well. 

benedicO, 3, bless. 

beneficns, -a, -am, beneficent. 

benerolos, -a, -am, benevolent. 

henfgnS, kmdly. 

bibliothSca, -ae, / {Greek), library. 

bib5, 3, -I, -itas, drink. 

bSbos, see bOs. 

bonam, -I, n., good; bona, neui. //., 
goods, property. 

bonus, -a, -nm, good. 

bOs, bovis, m, and /,, ox, cow. 

breris, -e, short. 

Britannia, -ae, /, Britain. 

Britannas, -I, m., Briton. 

Brfitus, -!, m., the name of a noble 
family of Rome; H&rcus — , a con- 
spirator against Caesar. 

bfibus, see bOs. 



C. = Giius. 

cadiyer, -eris, »., corpse. 
cad5, 3, cecidi, casfirus, fall, die. 
caedSs, -is,/, murder. 



caedd, 3, cecidi, caesos, kill. 

caelum, -i, k., sky, heaven; //., /7/., 
caelL 

Caesar, -axis, m,, Caius Julius Caesar, 
general, author, statesman. 

calathus, -i, m., basket. 

caleO, 2, -ui, be warm. 

calSscd, 3, -ai, grow warm. 

Camillas, -i, m,, a name. 

canicula, -ae, /, little dog. 

canis, -is, m. or f., dog. 

cand, 3, cecini, cantos, sing. 

cantilld, i, chirp, warble. 

Cantium, -i, fi., Kent. 

cantd, I, sing. 

cantus, -us, m,, song. 

Canutius, -i, m,, Canute. 

capid, 3, cepi, captus, take. 

Capitd, -5nis, m., a Roman name. • 

caput, -itis, n.t head. 

career, -eris, »1., prison. 

cars, dearly. 

Carolus, -i, m,, Charles. 

carrus, -i, m,, wagon. 

c&rus, -a, -um, dear. 

casa, '&et/,f hut, cottage. 

Cassius, -i, m., a conspirator against 
Caesar. 

castra,\f^^ castrum. 

castnun, -i, »., fort; //. castra, camp. 

caterya, -ae,/, crowd. 

Catilina, -ae, m,, a Roman nobleman 
who headed a conspiracy to over- 
throw the government, but was pre- 
vented by Cicero. 

Cauda, -ae,/, tail. 

causa, -ae, /, cause; ad/, causa, p-c- 
ceded by the genitive^ for the sake of; 
a phrase used to express purpo9t, 

celer, -eris, -ere, swift, quick. 

celeritas, -atis,/, swiftness. 

celeriter, swiftly. 

celd, I, hide, conceal. 

cSna, -ae,/, dinner, meal. 

censos» -fis, m., census, counting. 



158 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



centSsimns, -a, -um, hundredth. 

centum, indecL adj,, a hundred. 

cepit, see capid. 

certs, adv.t surely, at least. 

cessd, I, cease. 

c5terus, -a, -um, other. 

cibus, -i, w., food. 

(icer, -is, »., pea. 

Cicerd, -dnis, a name; Marcus Tul- 
lius — t a famous Roman orator. 

Cimbri, -drum, m,, a tribe of Germans, 
conquered by Marius, 102 B.C. 

circumdd, i, -dedi, -datus, surround. 

cis, adv.i on this side. 

citerior, -ius, hither. 

citimus, -a, -um, hithermost. 

civicus, -a, -um, civic, pertaining to 
the state or citizen. 

civnis, -e, civil. 

civis, -is, m., citizen. 

civitas, -atis,/, state. 

cl&des, -is,/., disaster, destruction. 

clamor, -dris, m., loud shouting, out- 
cry, cry. 

clirus, -a, -um, clear, bright, famous. 

classis, -is, /, fleet. 

Claudius, -i, m., a Roman name. 

claustra, -5rum, »., barriers, dikes. 

Cn. = GnSius. 

Cocles, -itis, m., a name. 

coepi, coepturus, begin. 

coerce5, 2, -ul, -itus, restrain. 

cdgnOmen, -inis, n,, family name, sur- 
name. 

collis, -is, m,, hill. 

cold, 3, -ui, cultus, cultivate, dwell 

Colossus, -1, /n., a city. 

columba, -ae,/, dove. 

comes, -itis, m., companion. 

commemord, i, mention. 

compleO, 2, -SyI, -etus, Bll up. 

complurgs, -ium, a great many. 

comprimd, 3, -press!, -pressus, check, 
repress. 

conoids, 3, -i, fall. 



concipid, 3, -cSpi, -ceptus, conceive. 
condd, 3, -didi, -ditus, put together, 

hide, found, build; ab urbe condita, 

from the founding of the city. 
cdnferd, -ferre, -tuli, -latus, bring 

together, compare; se cdnferre, 

betake one's self, go. 
cdnficid, 3, -feci, -fectus, finish, end. 
cdnfirmd, i, strengthen, establish. 
cdnfodid, 3, -f ddi, -fossus, stab. 
cdnfugid, 3, -fugi, -fugitus, flee. 
coniuratid, -dnis,/., conspiracy. 
coniur&tus, -i, m., conspirator. 
coniiirO, i, form a conspiracy. 
COnloc5, I, place, station. 
Cdnor, I, attempt, try. 
cdnsilium, -i, n., advice. 
cdnstantia, -ae,/, firmness, 
cdnsul, -is, m., consul, chief magis- 
trate of Rome, 
cdnsul&ris, -S, belonging to a consul, 

consular. 
cdnsulatus, -us, m., consulship, 
contends, 3, -1, -tentus, strain, press 

on, hasten, set out. 
contentid, -dnis,/, fighting, strife, 
continenter, constantly, continually. 
contineO, 2, -ui, -tentus, hold together, 

contain, shut in. 
contingd, 3, -tigl, -tactus, happen. 
contrfi, prep. w. acc.^ against, 
contuli, see cdnf erd. 
cdpia, -ae, /, plenty; //., troops, 

forces. 
coram, adv,, and prep. w. abl., in the 

presence of. 
Corinthus, -i,/, Corinth. 
Coribl&nus, -i, m., a Roman nobleman. 
Corioli, -drum, w., a city of the Vol 

scians. 
ComSlia, -ae,/, a Roman name. 
ComSlius, -i, a Roman name. 
comii, -us, «., horn, wing (of an 

army), 
corolla, -ae, /., garland. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



159 



cordna, -ae,/, crown, wreath, 
corpus, -oris, n., body. 
corrigd, 3, -rexi, -rectus, correct. 
corrumpo, 3, -rupi, -ruptus, bribe, 

seduce, lead away, 
corvus, -i, m., crow, 
cotidie, daily. 
eras, to-morrow. 
credd, 3, -idi, -itus, to believe. 
creo, I, to create, elect, make, 
crepitus, -us, m., pattering or rattling 

noise. 
crudelis, -e, cruel, 
cuius, see qui. 
culpd, I, blame, 
cum, prgp. w. ad/., with, 
cum, when, since, although; cum . . . 

tum, not only . . . but also, 
cunctus, -a, -um, all. 
cupidus, -a, -um, eager, 
cupid, 3, -ivi, -itus, desire, 
ciir, why. 
cura, -ae,/, care. 

ciiria, -ae,/, the senate house at Rome, 
curd, I, take care of. 
curro, 3, cucurri, cursus, run. 
currus, -us, m., chariot, 
curso, I, run about. 
cursus, -lis, m., course, 
custds, -5di8, m., guard, 
cutis, -is,/, skin. 



damnd, i, condemn. 

Dani, -drum, m., the Danes. 

(daps), dapis (^^n. pi. wanting), 
feast 

de, prep. w. abl.f from, about, con- 
cerning, of. 

dea, -ae,/, goddess. 

debed, 2, -ui, -itus, owe; pass., be 
due. 

decem, ten. 

December, -bris, of December. 



decemvir, -i, m., decemvir, one of ten 
men selected to arrange and pub- 
lish laws. 

decerns, 3, -crSvi, -cretus, decree. 

decimus, -a, -um, tenth. 

dedit, see dd. 

deducd, 3, -duzi, -ductus, carry down. 

defendd, 3, -i, -fSnsus, defend. 

defensor, -dris, m., and defenstrix. 
-icis, /., defender. 

deinde, then, afterward. 

dSleO, 2, -evi, -etus, destroy. 

deligd, I, bind. 

deligd, 3, -legi, -ISctus, choose. 

dSnique, adv., at last. 

dens, dentis, m., tooth. 

desilid, 4, -ui, -sultus, jump down. 

desists, 3, -stiti, -stitus, desist. 

deturbd, i, throw down, drive away. 

deus, -i, tn., god. 

devor5, i, devour. 

dexter, -tra, -trum, right. 

dextra, -ae,/, right hand. 

died, 3, dixi, dictus, say, call; ifls 
— , administer justice. 

dictator, -dris, m., dictator, a Roman 
magistrate. 

dictitd, I, repeat. 

dictum, -i, n., saying, word; dictd 
audiens, obedient. 

dies, -ei, /, day. 

differd, -ferre, distuli, dOitus, 
spread, delay. 

difficilis, -e, difficult. 

dignitas, -atis,/, dignity. 

dnigenter, carefully, diligently. 

dims, -a, -um, dreadful, fearful. 

discedd, 3, -cessi, -cessus, depart. 

discipulus, -1, m., pupil. 

dispersus, -a, -um, scattered, sepa- 
rate. 

dissimilis, -e, unlike. 

divelld, 3, -i, -yuIsus, tear away. 

dividd, 3, -visi, -yisus, divide. 

dd, dare, dedi, datus, i, give. 



i6o 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



doceO, 2, -nl, -tns, teach. 

doctor, -5ri8, m., teacher. 

dolus, -!, m,, deceit, trick. 

domi, at home. 

dominos, -i, m^ lord, master. 

domus, -lis,/, house, home. 

ddnec, con/,, until. 

dOnd, I, give, present. 

dOnum, -i, n., gift 

dormiO, 4, sleep. 

dncenti, two hundred. 

dficd, 3, dfixi, ductus, lead. 

dum, conj.f while. 

duO, -ae, -0, two. 

duodecim, twelve. 

duodecimus, -a, -um, twelfth. 

duodSricSsimus, -a, -um, eighteenth. 

duodSviginti, eighteen. 

dfirus, -a, -um, hard. 

dux, duels, m^ leader. 



S, see ex. 

ea, see is. 

eadem, eandem, see idem. 

earum, see is. 

tdd, 3, Sdi> Ssus, eat. 

Sd5, 3, Sdidi, Sditus, bear. 

§duc5, I, bring up, bring out, educate. 

Sduc5, 3, -duzi, -ductus, lead out. 

effundd, 3, -fudi, -fusus, overflow. 

Sgissent, see agd. 

ego, mei,/r^»., I. 

egregius, -a, -um, wonderful 

Sheu, in/erj\, alas. 

isi, eis, e/c, see is. 

5ici5, 3, -ieci, -iectus, cast out. 

eius, see is. 

elementum, -1, n., element, rudiment. 

SlisabStha, -ae,/, Elizabeth. 

em6, 3, Sou, Smptus, buy. 

Smpturid, i, desire to buy. 

enim, con/., for. 

eO, ire, iyi (ii), itiirus, itum, go. 



aO, o^., thither. 

eOrum, eOs, see is. 

Sphesus, -!, /, Ephesus, a city of 
Ionia in Asia Minor. 

epistula, -ae,/, letter. 

eques, -itis, m., horseman; //. equitfis, 
cavalry. 

equester, -tris, equestrian. 

equus, '% m,, horse. 

eram, oris, erO, etc., see sum. 

ergO, C0nj\, therefore. 

es, esse, etc., see sum. 

esuri5, 4, -itus, be hungry. 

et, con/., and. 

etiam, con/., also, even. 

Strusci, -Orum, m., the Etruscans 
north and west of Rome. 

Strftscus, -a, -um, Etmscan, pertain- 
ing to Etruria. 

eundem, see idem. 

euntis, see iens. 

Srenid, 4, -YBtd, -ventus, result 

ez, BfPrep., out of, from; with a nu- 
merai, of. 

ezemplum, -i, »., example. 

exerce5, 2, -ul, -itus, train. 

exercitus, -fts, m., army. 

exiguus, -a, -um, poor. 

oxpellO, 3, -pull, -pulsus, drive out. 

expiignatid, -Onis,/, siege. 

exstO, -stire, -stiti, be extant. 

exterior, -ius, outer. 

extimus, -a, -um, outermost 

extrSmus, -a, -um» furthest, last end 
of. 

P 

Fabricius, -i, m., a Roman name. 
fabricO, i, make, build. 
facStS, wittily. 

faciSs, -€i,/, face, appearance, 
facile, easily, 
facilis, -e, easy. 

faci5, 3, f€ci, factus, do, make; /oxf. 
fi5. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



l6l 



factom, -i, n., deed. 

fama, -ae, /, report, rumor, story. 

fames, -is,/, hunger, famine. 

familia,^-ae,/, family. 

Fasti, -drum, m,, list of days, calen- 
dar. 

fatalis, -e, fatal, decreed. 

fauces, -ium, /, jaws. 

fayed, 2, favi, f auturus, favor. 

Februarius, -a, -um, of February. 

februd, i, cleanse. 

fecit, sgg faciO. 

feliz, -icis, happy, fortunate. 

femina, -ae,/, woman. 

fenestra, -ae,/, window. 

fera, -ae,/, wild beast. 

fere, almost, about. 

ferd, ferre, tuli, latus, bear, carry, 
bring, report. 

f erox, -5cis, wild. 

f erveS, 2, boil. 

fessus, -a, -um, weary, tired. 

fideliter, faithfully. 

fides, -ei,/, faith. 

Figulus, -i, a Roman name. 

figiira, -ae, f, figure, appearance. 

filia, -ae,/, daughter. 

filiolns, -i, m., little son. 

filius, -i, m., son. 

finid, 4, -iyf, -itus, finish. 

finis, -is, m,, end; //. flnSs, limits, 
territory. 

fi6, fieri, factus sum (passive of 
facid), to be made, become. 

firmus, -a, -um, firm. 

flamma, -ae,/, fiame, fire. 

fluctus, -us, m.t wave. 

flumen, -inis, n., river. 

folium, -I, »., leaf. 

fore, see esse. 

^rma, -ae,/, form. 

fortasse, perhaps. 

forte, by chance. 

fortis, -e, brave. 

fortiter, bravely. 

• EASY STEPS IN LAT. — II 



fortitudo, -inis,/, bravery, 
fossa, -ae, /, ditch, 
frater, -tris, w., brother. 
Fredericus, -i, /w., Frederick, 
frigidus, -a, -um, cold, 
frigus, -oris, «., cold, 
fructus, -us, /7/., fruit. 
friimentum, -i, »., grain, 
fruor, 3, fructus, envoy, 
frustra, in vain. 
fueram, etc.^ see sum. 
fuga, -ae, /, flight. 
fugid, 3, f^gi, fugitus, flee. 
fug5, I, put to flight, 
fui, fuisset, etc.^ see sum. 
fungor, 3, functus, use, perform, 
futurus, etc,^ see sum. 



Gains, -1, /;;., a Roman name. 
Gallia, -ae, /, Gaul (France, with 

parts of Belgium and Switzerland). 
Gallus, -1, m., a Gaul, 
geminus, -i, m.^ twin, 
gemitus, -us, m., groan. 
gemd, 3, -ui, groan. 
Genava, -ae,/, Geneva, a city on Lake 

Lucerne, 
gener, -eri, »1., son-in-law. 
genitus, see gign5. 
gens, gentis, /, family, tribe. 
genu, -us, /f., knee, 
genus, generis, »., race, family. 
German!, -drum, m.^ Germans. 
Germania, -ae, /, Germany. 
gerO, 3, gessi, gestus, carry, bear, 

wear, perform; carry on, wage; se 

gerere, conduct one's self, act like. 
gessit, see gerS. 
gign5, 3, genui, genitus, give birth to, 

beget; genitus, born, sprung, 
glacies, -ei, /, ice. 
gladiolus, -i, m.^ a flower. 
gladius, -ii, m,^ sword. 



l62 



EASY STEFS. IN LATIN; i 



Gnaeiis, -I, m^ a Etontq luune. 
gracilis, -t, graceful» «lender^ 
gradns, -fis» «>^ 0tep» . . 
Graecua, -a, -unit Gpfftk* > u; 
grandia, -a, large* - • .^ : ^ 

grftnum, -i, if., aae^b graiiL.j i ,. 
gritiia agere» tbaqk* • 
grltns, -a, -iub» pleMtAt»gtaj;«fa\,.j i 
Gnilielmtis, -i, m., WiHiaou i. ' ' i 

.;?,.. , ■::; 

habeO, 2, -ui, -itna, bave, possess, m' 
gard; trigiAti aanOa habir^ to b« 
thirty yeai9 old* 

habitd, i, dwell, Nibabit 

hae, haec, see hic. 

liaedus, -i, m., kid. 

haereS, 2, haesi, kaesoa, stick, cling. 

hirum, liJU, «^< life. , . i 

ka«d, a<^», pot, 

Hendcua^ -h f»*t Henry. 

hSrSs, -Sdis, m. «W/, b«ir,. :;: 

heri, yesterday. . - ,1 , 

Hibemia, -ae, /, lrelan().r . 

hie, haec, hOc, dem>. pro^,^ thi&jr.^, 

.d^e,it. . . . .. 

hic, adv.j here. 

Hirtius, -i, m^t a name. 

Hispania, -ae, /, Spain. ^ 

h5c, see hic* ,■ 

hodiS, adv.^ to-day. ;, 

homd, rjOUflj ^. and/, inai^,pe,caQa. 

honor, -Iwri*, /»»;, honoi;, respept* - 

hdra, -ae,/,.l^our; one twelfth >of the 
. time from su^cis^ to Ssunaet. 

Qoratiiia, -I, m^ Uoratius^, Horace. 

horreum, ,-i, n» barn, granary, 

Hortensius, -i, m., a R/nnan nan^, , 

horti^, -i,,!»., g^4en. . ,.. 

hdrum^4<«^c, ,.;. 

hos, see hic. j » - ^ ^ " . 

hospes, •itis,f«.,'guest.v . ... !. . 

hospitium,-!, M.jhospitaUty, friQ])^9hip» 



hostia, -is, m», enen^!» . ^i. j ,intjni>) 
h&c,Mtber». . , . :. .ii> ....nsi 
hfiina, iM hic . ' x^m:! 

hnmilis, -e, low, humble, e .. Jhib) 
baWIBW» ?fc /, groqn^ >. ..umo .rt. . i 
hnncx^^hic. u; 

.< v'j/ .^ .iillfi- .^90UEi 

iAci5, 3, iici, iiMtmi^rpy&^ /. ,0^7 n) 

Iac6blWW^-V.»J?liII?s..». . rjhBin^/'I 
iam, a<A^., now, already, .1 .<.i -dal 
ULnuiriaa, -a, -11111, of }fm»sf^ . i : < 3i 
Uiiiia, -i, m., anolcj Ua)ian>4^ty.%i: oi 
ibam, ^/r., seeti^. ,.\ . ,1. ,r,riHivyi 
ib5, J^^eO. ..r nlfe-nel 

id, J^^ia. . ,, .-^ ..)f-. .tr^i 

idem, eadem, idem, ^m.prafhi^^Li^^x 

. also. .1 . .ijr.l iLjI .-..Mol .OT'i 

idOneoa, -a, -um, 6t. ; > r , : n n< 1 
idus, -uum,/, the IcJ^, pj , xot i 
iSns, enntis, pres, part, pf e^i» .r» jv : ,1 

igitnr, r^)V,>^^'9^^f . /> .«ij i 
ignis, -is, w., fire. r :i]3Lrl 

ignOtus, -a, -um, unkwwn* ,1^- ^^i fi 
ii,they. ,. , • '1 r ,f .^.uIu.m'^ 
ii, J^^,e$. , , ,, .'.,> ,eiLi:ii 

ille, -a, -ud, ^^»i./r^if„ th^..,^, i^jia 
imber, -bris,.w^r4in.; v i ^.i,i(»ut 
imminis, -e, horribly •, .1 .«u;Iri 
impSnsa, -ae*/, cxpef^c^vK .. ^inrl 
jmper&ti^ir^ris, m.» (;omm^Ln^,,£f9) 

eral. .. ,. 1 ,, 

imperiiuii,-i,,««rute,-^i .,it ..it 
imperS, i, demand fronu ,; . , ; ,^1 
impetrd, i, accoi^plislj,iget,pb^|ipy,^ ; 
impetus, -iia. i!^^., aWacl^» r|^., [.,r.:, \\ 
impleS, 2, -Svi, -^tjia, fill up,. . , , , ^ 
imp6n6, 3, -posm„-.po8iti¥|,ipl^P€i,,: j 
imports, i, import. , , , 1 nunloi 
imus, -a, -um, lowest, lo^est^part 4)^1)^ 
imus, jif^eO. ,. ,» LmiOt 

in, prep, w, ace, into; ^, <?^/^ Jftijqpt 
incendd, 3, -i, -censi^B^^t ^oft^ 

kindle. . ,; .o- ^e-Uioi 

inceptum, -i, «., beginning, |itti^:ap|o^ 



LATr^f-iEiNGI:IisFi ^ V(!)CaKxlAry 



i^ 



ftiL ' ""'' ■'"• "^"- ■''- •'^^^-''-''' 

incipi5, 3, -cepi, -cejrttr^, bfegfe. »^ ' ' 
incito, I, hasten; ,s6^—^Wh!fi. •^''' ' 
incola, -ae, m,, inhabitatit: '** ^'^• 
incolumis, -e, safe. ' • ' '^' ; * '^'^' 
increp5, i, -m, -itus, scold. ■ -^'[^^''^ 
inde, thence, thefeiipbn. *^" -i^'^JiiJ 
ind5, 3, -didi, -ditufl, giVe.* ^'' '"'^^-' 
indued, 3, -duxi, -ductub, lead *. ■' '■ ' 
indolgeO, 2, -duls!, -didtUs; M^^ 

give way to. 
infins, -antis, m., child under seven, 
inferior, -ius, low^. 
inferO, -ferre, -tidi, -lattf^; tidl^Tn if- 

upori;'l>ellum — ; mdlce Wdti/ '^^ 
infgstus, -*, -timVlibstlle/^ ' •^'^^'^^^ 
infimns, -a, -um, lowest, ^ .^i:^>>rn 
inggns, ^iltid, targe, lio^^: •= ^^-•-» ^ 
inimipUS^, ^t ' ^/., eiietiiyf ' ^ / m. j :; 
inltdS, 3, -iisl, - -listii/, strfe, • ^dasli 

against. • / 

inopia, -ae,/, watit.' "^ ' 

inquit, (he) says (yVb;»'liiqiiaiif, sa^^^. 
innimp5, 3, -rupi, -ruptliSj'ijrfeakT^y 
inruO; 3; -^^riish' upcm./^ ^ ■■'' • i' - ^ ' ^ f- 
Inscius, -a, -um, not kti6#!n^. • ':^ 
insigne, -i^, ii.i katk/" ^ i: / 'f 
insignia, -e, marked, coh^jHtuc^ t^ 

naarkable. ; • ' '/ ' ' 

insolenter, hau^ttfy. ' '^'* 

institoa, -sfillrti8,'&pprbafaiingl ■ '"^^ 
instittiO, i -i, -fltud, begfe, liiitittitti, 

teach. , ' ' .' 

insula, -ae, /, isUtoii. '^ . r . > 

integer, -gfa, -gru]h;whok. "^ "^ 
inter, ^rep, w. ace, among, at, h't- 

twceii." ''' " ''■ ' -'-' ' V ''''^ ^ 
intercaliirius, -ji, -um, int^ercaia^. '^ 
intercal5, t, ihsert hi the talendir. ' 
interea, me^wh^,. ' . - u 

interficiS, 3, -fSd, -fectuk, klft. "^ 
interior, -ittS, innier. f = . f ^ 

in1»trttmp5, 3, -rflpt -itiptiii, bte?ik 

down. 



intimus, -a, -um, inmost. 
introducd, 3, -duzi, -ductus, lead jn, 
bring in. •'*^"v .fr j ,.a*. .vno- .-jodrl 
intulit, see inferd. ^* ^ ' ^ okhIbI 
inundd, i, overflow.^ J t 'j^ ,f-f.T::ojBl 
invocd, I, call upon, i > '^' ^ .6:nn)rJ 
iOCUS, -i, w., jest. ■ '^^' -'^^ .?Si- ,^U'}:A 

lovem, j^^ lu^liiteir!:^ -"'^- .J-- .^i't-jfii 

ipse, -a, -um, inlfl^Hil-^/tr^Hi^^.^-Vi 
ira, -ae, /., anger. ; ' ' -^ - ' ^^ -^^j .^-^ ^ ^ qz I 
irattis,^a, ^uifti'/:/., aB|ji?yt-^- '^'^^ -i£i 

is, ea, id, dem. pron», this, t^t^^ lie, 

she, it. ' ■ ■' '^'J- '£- .Kui£l 

is, f^^eO. ovU ^^.?uJ^J 

iste, -a, -ud, </^w. /r^^^r.^fhiitjitlftJlUSfl 

yours. •■'-'• 'f'' '^-ittff.I ,vi;aI 

iti'WeS.^'^''^ '^" ^:jijt-il .i>6i ,1 ,ovl[ 
ita, a^z'., thus, so, so very. •'*' ' 
Italia, -ae,/Jltaly. • '^■' " -f- -'^f-^' >^l 
iter, itineris, ».; ro«4 ioilk^t^V» ¥>^^ 

age. ' '■-' .^^^'J'J' .</'^{ -. .OY'I 

iterum, again. : , 1 . m 1 ) f 

itum, itiirud, i^ ^ ,cf:[;).ioi 

iudic5,^ i',j<idi^, decide.^ '; .:.;D.rpj 
lulia, -ae,/;* Rdmah nSnate.' -^^^ - -l 
lulius, -i, fw., a RomiiLSt hafiiieui"*"'-'Jf 
lulius, -a, -um, of^july^ ' Ji*"* i ^^'il 
iun^, 3, itttiM^ifiiMi'^s^^&lrf.'' ^j^a 
Ifinlor, ^tei, ybunger.^ ' ' ' » v "' '^o- 
Ifinius, -a, -um, of June. f' ■ 
IflnS, -5nis,/, wife of Jtipitei*. .'»f '^ ii 
luppiter, lovis, m;, Jupiteri t^'-M 

preme god. ' ^ > "i 

ifis, ifiris, »:; Wr ^'dio^reriidfiii^ 

ister justice. - '' • ^' -^ ^^ '^1 
iussuSy ^fii^, ^., order; iuiUfi,'^^ 

order. ■■ ■ '■ ■> = ^ - • .n^un-itja 
iuvenis, jIs,^., JHiMith. ? '^^ -^^^f 
ivCrnnt, ivi, j^<f eC. . , • .0 1 



Kalendae, -irute;/, ti^ Odeti^i^iti^ 
first day of t!ie Roinait^tifonah'^-" ^ 



i64 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



labor, -Qris, m,, toil, work. 

labOrdi i> toil, work. 

lacrima, -ae,/, tear. 

lacrimd, i, weep. 

lactts, -fis, m., lake. 

laettts, -a, -am, glad(ly). 

lapis, -idis, m., stone. 

lapsus, -us, m., slip. 

Lars Porsenna, m,, king of Etmria. 

Latinus, -a, -urn, Latin, belonging to 
Latium. 

litus, -a, -um, wide. 

litus, se^ f er5. 

Iaud5, I, praise. 

laus, laudis, /, praise. 

lay 5, I, ULyi, lautus or 15tus, bathe, 
wash. 

lectus, -i, m., bed, couch. 

legiS, -5iiis,/, legion. 

Ieg5» 3» lezif lectus, read. 

Igniter, lightly. 

Lentnlus, -i, m., a Roman name. 

Lepidns, -I, m., a Roman name. 

libellus, -i, m., little book. 

libenter, willingly. 

liber, -bri, m., book. 

liber, libera, liberum, free; liberi, 
-5rum (liber), m.f free-bom chil- 
dren. 

liberd, i, free. 

libum, -i, n,, cake. 

licet, it is permitted. 

ligneus, -a, -um, wooden. 

limus, -i, m,, mud. 

lingua, -ae,/, tongue, language. 

litteratim, letter for letter. 

litus, -oris, »., shore, beach. 

loc5, I, place. 

locus, -i, m. pL loci and loca, place, 
station, position. 

longS, by far, far. 

longus, -a, -um, long. 

loqu&x, -acis, talkative. 



loquor, 3, locutus sum, speak, 
lubricus, -a, -um, slippery. 
ludus, -i, m., school 
liina, -ae,/, moon. 
lupa, -ae,/, she-wolf. 
lupus, -i, w., wolf. 
liistrd, I, gaze at. 
LutStia, -ae,/, Paris, 
lutum, -i, »., mud. 
lux, lucis,/, light. 
LXXXm, eighty-three. 



M. = Marcus. 

Macedonia, -ae,/, Macedonia. 

maculd, i, stain, spot, spoiL 

magis, adv,^ more. 

magister, -tri, »»., teacher. 

magnus, -a, -um, great, large. 

Maia, -ae, /, mother of the god Mer« 

cury. 
maior, -ius, greater. 
Mains, -a, -um, of May. 
male, badly, ill. 

maledicd, 3, -dlzi, -dictus, curse, 
m&lle, see mal5. 
mal5, malle, malm, prefer, 
mains, -a, -um, bad. 
mandatum, -i, »., command, 
mane, in the morning. 
maned, 2, mansi, mansus, remain. 
Manlius, -i, m,t a Roman name, 
manus, -us,/, hand. 
Marcius, see Ancus. 
Marcus, -i, m^ a Roman name, 
mare, -is, n^ sea. 
maritimus, -a, -um, of the sea. 
Mars, Martis, m.^ god of war. 
Martins, -a, -um, of March. 
massa, -ae,/, lump. 
Massilia, -ae, /, Marseilles, 
m&ter, matris,/, mother. 
m&tr5na, -ae,/, a married woman, 
mavis, mavult, see malo. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



165 



mazime, especially, most. 

mazimus, -a, -am, greatest. 

in§, mei, see ego. 

meditor, i, plan. 

medius, -a, -um, middle, midst of. 

mel, -lis, n.y honey. 

melior, -ius, better. 

Melita, -ae,/, Malta. 

melius, adv,^ better. 

mensa, -ae,/, table. 

mensis, -is, m.^ month. 

Mercurius, -i, /»., Mercury. 

mered, 2, -ui, -itus, deserve. 

meridies, -ei, m., midday, south. 

merz, mercis, /, goods, merchandise. 

Messala, -ae, m., a Roman name. 

messis, -is,/, harvest. 

metus, -us, m,^ fear. 

meus, -a, -um, my, mine. 

mi, voc, of meus. 

Midas, -ae, m., Midas. 

mihi, see ego. 

miles, -itis, m., soldier. 

militaris, -e, military. 

mille, //. milia, thousand; mille 

(passuum), mile. 
millesimus, -a, -um, thousandth. 
minime, not at all. 
minimus, -a, -um, least, 
minor, minus, smaller, less, 
mirabilis, -e, wonderful. 
miror, i, admire, 
minis, -a, -um, strange, 
miser, misera, miserum, wretched, 
misere, wretchedly. 
mittd, 3, misi, missus, send. 
Mitylenae, -arum,/, Mitylene, a city 

on the island of Lesbos. 
modus, -i, w., mode, method, manner. 
moned, 2, -ui, -itus, advise. 
m5ns, montis, /»., mountain. 
morded, 2, momordi, morsus, bite, 
moribundus, -a, -um, dying. 
moriQr, -i, -tuus, die. 
mors, mortis,/, death. 



moved, 2, mdvi, mQtus, move, stir up. 

moz, soon, presently. 

multitudd, -inis,/, multitude. 

multd, adv.f (by) much. 

multum, adv,^ much. 

multus, -a, -um, much; //., many. 

miinid, 4, -ivi, -itus, fortify, build. 

munus, -eris, #f., gift. 

miirus, -i, m.^ wall. 

miis, muris, m., mouse. 

mut5, I, change. 



nam, conj.^ for. 

narrd, i, tell. 

nascor, -i, natus, be bom. 

Nas5, -Qnis, m., a Roman name. 

nasus, -i, m., nose. 

natiira, -ae,/, nature. 

natus, see nascor. 

nauta, -ae, m., sailor. 

nay is, -is,/, ship. 

-ne, enclitic^ sign af question, 

ne, conj.y lest, that not, not; — quidem, 

not even. 
nec, see neque. 
need, i, kill, put to death. 
negleg5, 3, -lezi, -lectus, neglect. 
negdtium, -i, n.^ business. 
nemd, niillius, no one. 
nepds, -5tis, /»., nephew. 
neque, nec, conj,^ and not, neither, 

nor. 
nescid, 4, -ivi, not to know; — quis, 

some one. 
neuter, neither, 
niger, nigra, nigrum, black, 
nihil, n,^ nothing, 
nisi, conj,^ unless, if not, except. 
nSbilis, -e, noble. 
nSbilitas, -atis,/, nobility. 
ndlens, -entis, unwilling. 
ndl5, n511e, nolui, be unwilling, 
ndmen, -inis, »., name. 



f6$ 



,EA8¥ STEPS m )lATmi/ I 



ndn, not. , . , - / .1 

N5iiae, -tau««/» tbeitoieii*:,.n: ; (at 
n5iiag€8imu8» i4a« .iuin^ nioetletb^ > 1 . :• 
n5]iagint&» ninety» , . :^ :i:i >t 
ndon^.npt? i^i(t|MH?»nrj r . J- -m 

n5nu8, -a, -um, nMH. ' -^i^ j- ^i : 1. n 
ndnvis, ndnvult, set, tiSiJi^y . i , < n : u • n 
jAa, pers. pron^.wti4 , ,^ i-nr .^hjt 
noster, -tra, -tmm, oDr^iOim^] ,. .m 
novem, nine. 

November, -bris, of November. 
noYUs, -a, -um, n^, 
noz, noctis,/) night. , , . . . ,.'pj:: 
nuUus, -a, -um, no, none4, ,1 ..>i!i i 
niim, sign Qfi<qiiesficmjj«(pecii9ft>i^ 
answer** no.??- , ,. ^. . .•>■ /. 
Numa, -ae, m,, second king q( Boaifti 
imineras, -i, m., oumberk . > , .u-ti'tn 
Numitor, -is, m., son(f>f.Broca..>, . ,/i 
nommus, -1, m., 9, boiiv a sefterceuna 
nunc, now. , ,. ' . . n 

nuntid, i^vAteKomce. , v , . . 1 
juAbiii^ give ^Byiwvftt, : . 



Ob, prep, w^ ^ccn^n aocoiint -oft: 
obser5, i, lock^bolt» : u- : . ,1 mm ;, 
obses, -idis, m., fajOBti^geu , > 
,oedid5} 3,*^di» ^isi^a^ >kiU. t . > . , ^ 
0€cup5, I, hold. 

oociirrdj 3,/4y'Htu]Btt8»ime«t..i ( . .. 
dceanus, -i, I»., ocean. m . 

Octayianus, -1, /»., first RomaATemr 
peror. ' '>. .'...::; -i .1 ■ '..'.'.:: 
octavus, -a -um, eighth. . {f :i 
octo, eight* . i> ., ! 

October, -bris, of Ocfc<)be». i , j. , i 
Oct5gesimitS;eightieth.iti .^,.1 
octdginta, eighty. > • , ,^i 

0CalU8^4^'fw;yeye. .i:jI'''/i -j •< -t .<.:< , 
51im, formerly, once .upon «. time ^ . > . i 



omnia, -e, alV«i<fery» ; . jfnij(;.i:i 
opera, -ae^ /, worlM;U>|i^r/MKrn4Mifii 
pay attention to. 00, .lym ^rn 
OperO, I, work. ,, ,« .io)-b-m 

opSfl^ l^nmi /, //,, WitftltWeSQ»B»fc 
opifez, -ficia, m,, wo^km^n* ii- .i^n* 
opini5, -6ni8, /, opimon. ,^ j ^ ,ioi 1 ; m 
oppidum, -i, »., SsmM strpsghoi^jbM 
opprim5, 3, -preaal^ ipue^soa, ,eoHhm 
optimS, a^., best%^ ,.,r f. f.:.n 

optimus, -a, -nm, b«»t, , . .:i?n*jii 
5rator, -5ri8« «^z,, ipeaker*^ Qwitofi ^ 1 ^ M 
orb6, I , deprive, berwve, w: /. , > ! ^ f a 
oriSns^ "Cotis^ w.> ;fte emt- .,; jit 1 : jm 
odiH« oriri, #rtii» »wi^ .o^^om ,x i ^ ;i 
5r5, i,:pi!ay»ettUfa*,.beg^,fi i.jf.^ ,m 
58, dris, «., mo^h# > ./ ,^.! vf jm 
08, ossis, »., bone^ ,.a .1} . a., .i 
ovis, -is,/, sheepk , u . : 

' •: ":/ . ^v ,}- .'. A .M 

P o^.'i ' ' Jriini 

P. = PfibliU8... "... . ,'.ii: .2'jiim 
paene, almost. ;, ., r^wvAxm 
P^llA, -ae,/,.clo<ac. ,. :.,-r . ,..;ijm 
pallium, -i, «., cloj^k. . :n:. r f 

palfia^ -iito,/» nw»^, #wa«pr: . , : ,11 
pinis, -is, w., bread> loaf, m . iru .m 
Pinsa, -ae, w^, a R<w^n .4iaB^e«, .- ; m 

pir, paris,,eqsisa.' ^- ...r. :rf .iu irr : 

parSns, -entis^ ,^., parent, ; i ; , . ^ , 
pire5, 2, -ui, -itiirus, pbey, . . , t^^ 
par5, I, prepare. , ,. n^.l s . ^ • 

paw,parti8,j^ijPftfWir^f»..^ , . - 
panrus, -a, -um, sn^fUl 1 , , jt , /r 
pascd, 3,pavi,jiW^m,fiBp4.. (jjr„ 
pasalilV here, and tb^fA-r, . rnii/ [i 
passus, -us, ^*^ step; nOUepuwumn, 
■wile* . ,, • .- I- .jbof,5 

pastor, -6ri8* m^ slwphcji^ ,., .0 j .ufr. 
pateS, 2„-ui»lie.wew»§3^Wdfi ^.»oitj 
patef,'pa*ritf,.^„!fa^^bf«<n ,<, ,r>hM>m 
patienter, pRfcieptijf. .^a^mvWwiv 
patria, -ae,/, fath,erl#94> j loiT,;.: 
patricius, -a, -um» patrip|m< if: .u^, 



LATfiS4BNGLlBH ^OCABUUlKY 



i6^ 



Paulus, -i, m,, Paul 
pauper, -eria, poor, 
pax, pacis,/, peace. n i, 

pecuniae -ft^i /» indntyi - . i. 
pedes, -itis, I».» foot-^dier, ^ 
pSKiiit; #^S!^:se^ (i»rHpara9kfe tf auOua)^ 
pSius, a^z'., worse. ' .- i 

per, prep. w. ace.^ through. .. . ^ 
perag5, 3, -^gi, -actua, perform^ fiuish; 
percurrS, 3, '^^uoiinS, ><»a^ni8^ tuq 

through. , ' . 

pC^ti5,^'3,^^tCuM, -dUMttSr^tfUBe. .', 
peregrinus, -a, -um, foreign. 
pereO, 4, -ii, -iturtiBi!bc^4$6t» perish^ 
periculum, -i, n. , dangers - . > 1 > 
p^ttts» ^; ^tttfi» skflkd, f^xpeiAtubed,. 
pet^ima, ^a» ^am> oositantr; . in per- 
petuus!, for life. 
perstifided; 4 -staftsl; -aoasust t>eTt 

suade, urge. •' - >: . 

perterre5, 2, -ui, -itua, tenlfyi «latm. 
p€8, pddi^, Mlj foot*' 
pe8siiM,'df^i^Mrot9Bt. ' >'- ■*-.t:i-,M'-,.| 
pessimus, -a, -um, worst '(na^jSs/tsyf 

^maltts). .>: ' ' 

pwrtli; -ia,^, plague, ti: r ^ . ., 
P6t5, 3, -iyi (-ii), -itus, askyseek^um 

at, ranta -^^ .; , . : ; 

PhUipp^ •*drum,sm.,'Bi|ilippi^,a.t3&b)f^ 

nDtfi'lfeittQioniau n i^; »; mi - -m 

philoaopbia,. >*ae, /, philosophy. 

P)nr3Fgiav: tiie»'^/, a distent of ^Aatai 

Minor; j , : 
piscia, -is, fv., fish. 
PIsO, -5nis, f»., a Roman name« ; ^ 
placed, 3, -ui, -itusv'^eafe. 
plaga, -ae,/., blow. . 

plebs, -is, /, the : |)ppulace^ the : oobd^^ 

mon people. ' ^ , "1 

plSnus, -a, -um, full. 
plurimum, adv,^ n^. 
plurimua, -a, -um, most [superlative 

<2/'iBidtiis). ' : .' , 

pl&s, more {compax^twe,afxsLX^^at^>i,, 



plfls, tfi/z'., more. ' , .; m .nlr.'] 
poena, -ae, ./, penal^^ . punishmfinli < 1 < j 
poeta, -ae, ff/., poet. .fTi'r i, ,^^il..l,^\ 
Pomptinus,.>a; *um> Popptiuc^itoti 
tine. -I r - .^iji .-| ,,„, <(| 

p5mumi -1,^/1^^ apple., ni; .i-^;*: ,; ,q 
pond, 3, posui, positua, plcute, s^t. ; -t 
pfin8,.pontiq, fl«.,>bri4gCL . ,i:iq 

Pontus, -i, a distriot of Aaia» Mimncb' 
poiH}|ina,i-i^Bip^«,.peof>ld. a, ". .», „.-q 
Porsenna, -ae, /»1» set Lai^a. , ni j i n i^ 
porta, -ae,/,igatft,. door. .f^ ^^v ..j 

portentUHl, -i^ ^«^.Omen^; .:o >. ; runq 
ports, I, carry. ,i,;?l»:q 

port5rium, -i, «.^ duty^ laag, < . u i ' . v^ 
portu»,»tta;«i^>hacboc. „ ... 1; .^..q 
posc5, 3, popoaci, dfiti(and»43l«iin< ,< ;q 
posanm, posse,, potul^ ^ ^l^e^ /^q ^j 
post, tf^/z'., and prep, w. fl^:^:.,.aft«arf 
postea^'ftflerwardi (n-i ,,. .n-., riKT',-.q 
posterior» Hl«8^)uuderv,r . »;> . j 
posterns, -a, -um, next, lateff* ,1 
postrSmus, -a, -um^ hindmo^i. .1 > r . q 
pOstrid|§4 adm^ the next day*,: . . . ^ 7 ^ 
pOStul5, I, demands . 
postumus = poatremns. ( ,.. :>..t, 
potSns, ^entis^ p,owerf^t. . ? ^ ! ; ; • ^ 
poteram,^/;r.,.5tf/po8sttm» , ii 

pot^estia, -atie; /, power. . 1 / . i 
potior, 4, potitus, seixe. 
potui, jwpaasen. ,.>ii i 

prae, adv., and prep. iy. a^/,^ bqfcrcwq 
praebed, 2, offeif,. furnish; pjrovjii^^ 1 
praedic5, I, proclaim. ,, m •. j 

praedic5, 3» -dixi, -dictuir foxetntt^ 

predict. ' /'^ ^i { 

praeferfi; 4ita!t4.^\^'^&k^%/tm^ 

before, prefer. . , i ,. . < / f ; 

praemium, '% m, reward» .prvceih i:\,,q 
praetermittQ, 3, -misi, -missus, let 

go by, omit, neglect. 
praeyeni5, 4, -venx, -vetttils,jptevenp 
preces, -um, f, isingr/vMniit^ 

pri^rS; entnrcaiti^s. --. ". * > •. j .-.p 
pretium, -i, n, ,.^pr^ce. . : . j > . - :; j> 



i68 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



pridiS, the day before. 

primum, adv,^ 6rst, at first 

primiu, -a, -am, first. 

princeps, -cipis, m.^ chief. 

prior, prius, former. 

priscus, -a, -um, ancient, former. 

priy5, i, deprive. 

pr5, prep, w. abl., for, in place of, in- 
stead of, in defense of. 

Proca, -ae, m., king of Alba Longa. 

proelium, -i, n., battle. 

prof ectns, see proficiscor. 

proficiscor, -i, -fectos, set out. 

pr5flig5, I, rout. 

profmgiO, 3, fugi, flee. 

prOgredior, 3, -gressus, advance. 

prdgressus, -as, m., advance. 

prope, adv., and prep, w, ace», near, 
almost 

propinqaas, -a, -am, near, neighboring. 

pr5p5n5, 3, -posuT, -positas, set be- 
fore, offer. 

prdtinas, forthwith. 

prdvincia, -ae, /, province, especially 
the province Gaul. 

prozimas, -a, -am, next 

pradSns, -entis, wise, prudent. 

publicd, I, make public. 

pttblicas, -a, -am, public; rSs pu- 
blica, the state. 

Publiaa, -i, m,, a Roman name. 

paella, -ae,/, girl. 

paer, -i, iw., boy, child. 

pugna, -ae,/, battle. 

pugnaz, -acis, pugnacious. 

piignO, I, fight. 

palcher, palchra,palchram, beautiful. 

pttt5, I, think. 

patridas, -a, -am, rotten. 



Q. = Quintas. 
qaadraginta, forty, 
quadragesimus, -a, -am, fortieth. 
quae, see qai and qais. 



qaaestor, -5ri8, m., a Roman magis- 
trate. 

qa&lis, -e, such. 

qaam, conj.^ than, as. 

qaantas, -a, -am, how great, as. 

qaar§, conj,, wherefore. 

qa&rta8,-a,-am,fourth; — decimas, 
fourteenth. 

qairam, see qai, qaia. 

qaattaor, four. 

qaattaordecim, fourteen. 

-qae, enclitic, and. 

qai, quae, qaod, rel, pron^ who, 
which, what 

qaibus, see qui, qais. 

quid, see qais. 

qaidam, qaaedam, qaoddam, indef, 
pron.f a certain, a certain one, some- 
body. 

qaidem, adv., indeed, at least; ne . . . 
quidem, not even. 

quindecim, fifteen. 

qmngenti, -ae, -a, five hundred. 

qainqaag€simus, -a, -am, fiftieth. 

qainqaaginta, fifty. 

qainqae, five. 

quintas, -a, -am, fifth; — decimos, 
fifteenth. 

Qointas, -i, -ae, a Roman name. 

qais, quae, qaid, inter» pron., who. 

qaisqaam, qaaeqaam, qaidqaam, 
indef. pron,, some one, any one. 

qaisqae, qaaeqae, qaodqae, indef, 
pron., each, every, every one. 

qaod, see qui. 

qaod, conj,, because. 

qaQqae, see quisqae. 

qaoque, culv.^ also. 

qaQram, see qui, qais. 

qaot, as many, as. 



rapid, 3, -ai, -tas, snatch, seize, 
rapam, -I, n,, turnip. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



169 



I&ni8, -a, -um, rare, not common. 

ratid, -Qnis,/, reason. 

recipiO, 3, cepi, -ceptns, receive. 

reared, i, refresh, revive. 

recurrd, 3, -curri, return. 

reddd, 3, -didi, -ditus, render. 

redig5, 3, -Sgi, -jlctus, reduce. 

refers, -ferre, rettnli, relatua, bring 
back. 

r§gina, -ae,/, queen. 

rSgitts, -a, -um, royaL 

regn5, i, reign. 

rSgnam, -i, »., kingdom. 

regd, 3, rSzi, rectus, rule. 

regredior, -i, -gressus, return, go 
back. 

relinqu5, 3, -liqui, -lictas, leave. 

reliquus, -a, -um, remaining, the rest. 

remaneO, 2, -m&nsi, -mansiinis, re- 
main. 

remus, -1, m,, oar. 

Remus, -i, m., the brother of Romulus. 

repar5, i, renew. 

reperid, 4, repperi, repertus, find out. 

res, rei, /, thing, matter, affair; 
— pttblica, the state. 

rescindd, 3, -scidi, -scissus, cut down. 

resond, i, resound. 

responded, 2, -i, -spdnsus, answer. 

responsum, -i, »., reply. 

restituo, 3, -i, -utus, restore, renew. 

rettulerunt, see ref erd. 

reverter, -i, -versus, return. 

rex, regis, m., king. 

Rhea Silvia, /, mother of Romulus 
and Remus. 

Rhenus, -i, m,, the Rhine. 

Rhodus, -i, /, Rhodes, an island near 
Asia Minor. 

Ricardus, -i, ;;/., Richard. 

rided, 2, risi, risus, laugh. 

rigidus, -a, -um, hard, stiff. 

rima, -ae,/, crack, chink. 

ripa, -ae,/, river bank. 

risus, -us, m,, laughter. 



Robertus, -i, 1»., Robert. 

r5d5, 3, rQsi, rdsus, gnaw. 

rogd, I, ask. 

R5ma, -ae,/, Rome. 

Rdmanus, -a, -um, Roman. 

Rdmulus, -i, m,, the mythical founder 

of Rome. 
rosa, -ae,/, rose, 
ruber, rubra, rubrum, red, ruddy. 
Rufus, -i, m,, a name. 
rumor, -Qris, m^ rumor, report 
rupes, -is,/, cliff, rock. 
rus, ruris, »., country. 



8 

S. = Seztus. 

Sabini, -5rum, m., the Sabines, a 

people of Italy, east of Rome. 
sacerdds, -ddtis, m, and /, priest, 

priestess. 
saepe, often. 

salutati5, -Qnis,/, salutation. 
saltttd, I, salute. 
sapiens, -entis, wise, 
satis, adv., enough, 
sazum, -i, n,, rock, stone. 
scand5, 3, -i, scansus, climb. 
schola, -ae,/, school. 
sciQ, scire, scivi, scitus, know. 
Scipi5, -dnis, m., Scipio, a celebrated 

family of the gens Cornelia, 
scribd, 3, scripsi, scriptus, write, 
sciitum, -i, n., shield, 
se, see sui. 

secedd, 3, -cessi, -cessus, withdraw. 
seoun, with himself, etc, 
secundus, -a, -um, second. 
sed, conj\, but, but yet 
sSdecim, sixteen. 
sSditid, -Qnis,/, rebellion. 
semper, adv,, always, 
senatus, -iis, m., senate, 
senez, senis, adj, ana noun, old, old 

man. 



LATfiS'^NGLlBH iVOCABUl-ARY 



f6^ 



Paulus, -i, /w., PauL 

pauper, -eris, poor. 

paz,paci8,/, peate. ' • .^ ■/ 

pecuniae 4ie,/,tnbn4fi - • 

pedes, -itis, m., foot-^disr, -> 

p«&»if/#^(r {i»rHpara9kfe ^aallia)^ 

peius, a^Tz/., worse. 

per, prep, w, aca^ thtoUgh. : • ■ . ; ^ 

peragd, 3, -§gi, -actus, perform, finishi 

percurr5, 3, «^euouoriS, ^»isui^ nm 

through. 

peticutio,^'3; ^u^si, -dtHMUSr^Mmke , 

peregrinus, -a, -um, foreign. 
pere5, 4, -ii, -ituruBjibc^loBt, perisfa^/ 
periculum, -1, »., dangers -i i ■ . 
p^tusi'%'^ttl&t skttkki, '«xj^eaifeaoed.. 
petpetut», -9ik -vm^ oositant; in per- 

petuum, for life. 
pers^tided^ ^ -staftsl, -auisust t>ert' 

suade, urge. . . r .■- 

perterred, 2, -ui, -itus, terriffi «kvm; 
pes, pedto, wij foot*- ■ ' ' 

pessiiJi6,W^vMrot9Bt.' ■.--.■.*' ..•'.'<-. \ ; 
pessimus, -a, -um, worst (uy^orjb/rvf 

^malus). 

pMfttii'^'iS,-/, pl«4glie.. TiJ- .r ,-1, ;r,i .. 

pet5, 3, -ivi (-ii), -itus, ask, seek^ turn 

at, ron'ta"-: .-^- T ,-:• n :'" 

Philippi» -^drum, 9».,^nijaippi^,a,t]il^. 

fiDtfi'liaweidonniL* \-- ^1.. -.> 1 1- •, 
philO0Opbia,''ae,/, philosophy. 
P)nr3Fgiav:'tite«''/, a.distclBt ,o£ lAaii) 

Minovi ■',..•',': ' .. . 
piscis, -is, w., fish. ... 

PIs5, -dnis, m,^ a Roman name* . I > / 1 
placed, 3, -ui, -itus^^eafe. 
plaga, -ae,/., blow. ; . - 
plebs, -is, /, ther|)ppuls)ce, theioon^ 

mon people. . • . .\,- 

plenus, -a, -um, full, 
plurimum, adv,^ im>st. 
plurimus, -a, -um', most {superlative 

</ nraitiis)-. ■ - 
pl&l, more {compar4ttwe.afmvl)l\MUL)k. . 



pl&s, adv.t more. ; ' . , ' , u i. n f j 

poena, -ae, /, penalify, > punishmenfei > 1 
poeta, -ae, w., poet*. , i.ir >. ,-i>w»; 1 
Pomptmus,.i«a,^^um, Popptiac^S^ooti 

tine. • ■' • ■ ,'j.:. I ,-.,i -q 

pSmum^ ^'l^n.i apple., rtj; 1.. y,- ., ^q 
pon5, 3, posui, posittts, pkute, s^t/. q 
pfins,pontis,fl«.r bridge. ^ ,i.iq 
Pontus, -i, a distriot of Asia» MinoCr^ 
poiH}|ina,i-V9iv^,.peof>ld. v. .». . q 
Porsenna, -ae, /»;> see Lai^i. . -i: j i • :q 
porta, -ae, /., igatei- diwir. i ' 1 c t q 
portentran, -o^ n^.0m^n^: .:o . . : inq 
portd, I, carry. .;. ,i.«:.:!to:q 

portdrium, -i, «.,- dutyi. ••^ ' ^j > > f a 

portus,»tts;«i«>hacb«!C. j ...q 

posc5, 3, popoaci, dfiinand» q&%0O4 << ;q 
possum^ posse,, potui^ ht ^lde^ /.:;.: q 
post, adv.f and prep, w, acc^.^Sl^t 
pOstea,'ftflecwardi nn ,t. . ti--, m ;.,-.q 
posterior» hIu^ |Mi\d«n ^^ . aw,.... w| 
posterns, -a, -um, next, lateff^^ , • 
postremus, -a, -um; hindmOM^i; i ■ - > q 
pO0tndiej tfi^» th« next 4ay«,: r; 

postulO, I, demands 
postumus = postremus.. r . .^ . 
potens, «entis^ jv^werf^ ' > ^ : > ; ^ r 
poteram, ^/!r.,.5tfi*:pQssifin» ,. ( • ' ii i 
potestis, -atib^ /, power. , r . , i ^ r^ 
potior, 4, potitus, seize.' ;. .v . 
potui, jm poasen* . . >.. j^ l 
prae, tf</z^., and prep, fw.abhi bcC«»KT 
praebed, 2, offer, .famish^ pjFQvjjtl^^ • 1 
praedicQ, I, proclaim. . , .m ,F.r -q 
praedicd, 3» '-4ud^ ^ictoA, foaretntt^ 

predict. <' ,: ,f''';rq 

praeferfij ficaie^if^t)^fi» -Oijlfi^- ti^ 

before, prefer. 1 ,1 .u /r| 

praemium, -1^ i»j,rQWfird».prvs«*K( ; } ..q 
praetermitt5, 3, -misi, -missus, let 

go by, omit, neglect. 
praevenid, 4, -veni, -yent]J8,>pt)evenp 
precCs, -um, /, . isin^r/^wamff^ 

prayers^ entnreaitifls, , . ■ , j . p 

pretium, -i, M.K-pr^e.. 1 . ■,] 



L ATIMttKNGEIS » 1 TDC ABU LRRY 



IJfl 



Sulla, -ae, m.^ SgUla, a dictator of 

Rome, 
sum, esse, fui^intnrus^ ^ r ^i^ ^ j ;; '^ ^ 
summus, -a, -um, top. Highest; (dsfaCy 
sum5, 3, -psi^i^pttt8»ntBkef^a>««;^QnA 

avLper, prgp, w» ace, abovei^ivfeK.' > ^ 
superbia, -ae,/, pride.// //' j di gv 
sttperb«^(^^ Kiiiiv:praiii^ bauglitt^c'^ 
superior, -ius, Y^^etvn/ ,vjhvHv.'idr/ 
supers, I, conqueipoveffwlitihM.,mil3v 
supersum, «cssey^fu^^-lntiruspbeileft 

over, surwfreuijifl .a /<rji- ,yaTir..^iv 
superus, i^na^) rm^ i^^u^bbt;^ .Mart 

Superum, the Admtiov6$ta..''.iitnev 
supremus, -a^i^nrnvl^iiifaestyiifit^dT^tv 
surdus, -a, -u]iv<l^a£^ >''^ '^ ^oi'^dfsv 
sustineS, 2, -ui, «tentus^^^^dthatanflisv 
s&t5r, -6ris, «^cdbbler..! p.uilr^i^Y 
sniis^Ha^ -mmlproh^ mifif Ijai^li^sy, 

their (s) ; //., his friends. um^mi 

Jixi ,1»);l ffr ,/i;.'j) ,.*-\,-. ,6l9V 
T. = TttOS. '•f*'*li " .-"^ J- ,^UliJ'll?,T'3V 

tacit§, silently, n .7 , w ,«n .211 ^.tjv 
t&lis, -e, such. -^^w ,.h j^ii ^utjv 
tam, so. /»♦';' .mu- ,c- ,{iui{>7 

tamen, r^/i/., still, how^ve^,,!nef6filiiQ^ 

less, yet. jn'ti j/» ,,iv ,i- .i^jq^iov 
toiddmyllt11eiiftbJ>".' ,\ .--jfi- ,Gt?.iV 
tangQ, 3, tetig^taotaMcnKliv '^ ix. 
tantuniv;^2v;mnlyiniiit' .m)- ,i&tp.^Y 
tantus, -a, -u]]iMso!|;risat,^3«gr0att'.^v^ 
Tarquinius, -i, Taiqviiny ^*wfF»lrtewr, 
"i/fiftfoikii^tof ^Rbme; \-^fiSlsptvl«V, 

seventh king of RoWe.,«n*)- ,>;ijSv 
te, J^i^ttioi:! //'.itirr, jT)rfn'jJ .1 .Oj'.ov 
tectum, -i, «., r^farfyiwrttM.^X .3 »i .riv 
teg5, 3, texi}^5ctai„oov.«tt.t6 .ioibjv 
4t«iefariiiliv' ^ Mibiii;ibo)d,.NHli;^'v >iv 
templum, -i, «., tetoipkJ'^ '/^ <i'"f 
tempUBi j ^>d8,-i» J, thae/ ^ i t .i ,-i o n : v 
tenaz, -acis, tenaioious:^ /jc .kuM ..v 
tened, 2, -uir'^us^ hoW[.,i/£ .s^viui-yil 



tergum, -I, n.^yhadk^^ J, twgd^iibcl 
of hiin;<wtdke freak*. : , '^^ J ,al\\\u i 
ten:i^'^4e,)/illandv eartbit-oH ^uf :. i 
terred, 2, -ui, -itus, frighten. - - 
terrlUlisvHe»nJMadfuhi»'~> ; r< (. * .ir. » : 
tertius, -a, -um, third; — * diRimiis, 
thiiteenjtli.. )'-'/->-; ,.»\. .^i;- .-xujIij/.uM 
Ti. = TiberiuSiT:i..Mi ■.■ :- >.iiUinai\ 
Tiberis, -is, «TAf^hei.Tlbdf./! n .-^nu) 
Tiberius, -i, 1»., aiRomaitvOune^niu) 
tibi, see tu. .t* /" - . \ ,^^i- .aii mi 

timed, 2, -m, tei fear,t be afraid aifi^riT 
timidns; 4a j • «unlv timid.. i - muiIv^^u t 
titBlus^{^ti«ViBSQripi|t3on.j>^- .nl^iut 
Titus, -i, m., a Roman name.'% -a . 
toga, -ae, /, toga, 4he, outer igaan^at 
worn by thejRppiaos.»M:u- .(,■ .^unt 
tolerd, I, bear, endure. 
toll5, 3, susttdi, subUtus, raise up. 
torqueO, 2, torsi, i6rtus, twist, pull. 
torreO, 2, -ui, tostus/rbdrn^ balder .idu 
tot, as many, so maiiyj//v< , r> .onpjrfu 
t5tus, -a -um, wholes 'eirtiie.,i. .nullu 
trahQ, 3, trazi, tiact»s,,ckraw9idrftgUii 
tran5, i, swim ovecl mu r. .^umrifrj 
trecentesimus, -a, -um, dinsfe dilfa^ 
dredth^ > Um let ilt^r, . thi«e* handnd 
andsecondiji'I^f i^ ^^ -i- /^.uT-ii.u 
trecenti, -ae, -a, tbree^umdred.iti-j 
tredecim, i^&xtitm^' > . .- ^ .-fun 
trepidQ, i, tremble. .> >t , frn, ;!, Me- 
tres, tria, thtsej .n.u ,r ^jrnn .^ i-: u 
triayj»^4r5s.mu' ,i> .f.nair-^ji m! , :. 
tribunus, -i, /».ji chief iofilnti^be^! tri- 
bune, .rj «},!;' li. II, /iiijifL'".; 

trice8itiite^>a, tium;' lAiii^tb; -^ i > / 1 . j 
trlgintft/ttMii^ . *"• .mu- .b .^uuw 
tristis, -e, sad. j r 

tviuiitt)l{QIr' ' IV I tvivtriifph, ^ \at^ i/ a^ « trit- 
umph.<>i ,"! T .'•'" in .r* lij .. .'.- < jii 
truimfdiUsi ^ (hr.j.rflutmn^Hal'fM^ 
,iijCOssionptrittidph.'j' p':iti' .^i;ji)^».£j 
tu, tui, /^r.y. pron,f you. ' ^ * 

tuba, -ae, f,i -tmmpeti ' - r ^ ' ; ' ^ * - ' 
tuli, w^ fero. .->.''/, \ . 1 -j) i. ■ > r 



172 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



Tulliiis, 'i, m^ a Roman name. 
Tolliit Hogtilllia, m^ third king of 

Rome, 
tun, then; cmn ... tnm, not only .. . 

bat abo. 
tnmnltui, -da, m^ revolt, uprising, 
tnmnliu, -i, m^ mound, 
tunc, then, at that thne. 
tnrba, -«e,/, crowd, 
tnrris, -ia,/, tower. 
Tnada, -«e, /, Etmria. 
Tnacnlian, -i, n., a dty of Etmria. 
tfitfla, -ae, /, guardianship, care, 

charge, 
tataa, -a, -imi, safe, 
tnaa, -a, -um, yoor, yonrSb 



obi, where, when. 

ubiqne, eyer3rwhere. 

fillua, -a, -um, any. 

ulterior, -iiis, beyond. 

ultimus, -a, am, last 

nltri, beyond. 

tunbra, -ae,/, shade, shadow. 

tunerna, -i, m., shoulder. 

unda, -ae,/, wave. 

unde, whence, from which. 

findecim, eleven. 

findecimus, -a, -lun, tenth. 

iindSyicesiinaa, -a, -tun, nineteenth. 

undSyiginti, nineteen. 

undique, on all sides. 

iiniyerstia, -a, -am, all together. 

imaa, -a, -am, one; ad unum, to a 

man. 
arbs, arbis, /, city, especially Rome, 
at, conj.f that, in order to, to. 
ater, utra, atrum, which (of two). 
aterque, atraque, utnmiqae, each, 

both. 
fitdr, uti, fisaa, use, enjoy. 
azor, -5ri8,/, wife. 



▼if^tiis, -it, «ktCiTing. 

Tale9,be wdL 

▼alidos, -a, -oib» strong. 

Tia, Tiaia, >/. Tiaa, -Qnim, n^ vase, 

vc»el, jar. 

▼iatS, I, lay iraste. 

Tiatna, -a, -am» waste, jmrnrnnf, vast. 

Tdiementer, violently. 

▼dim. Telle, i^ Told. 

▼initor, -Ma, jh., hunter. 

▼Snitrix, -Ida, /, huntress. 

▼enifi, 4, Tini, Tuitoa, come. 

Tentoa, -i, ai., wind. 

TerMltim, word for word. 

TeiberS, i, strike, box. 

Teibum, -i, n., word. 

Vergilina, -i, m^ VirgiL 

yerginias, -i, ai., Virginius, a Roman 
name. 

TSrO, adv.t truly, in fact, but. 

▼eirt, 3» sweep. 

rerrfica, -ae,/, wart 

Teraicnlaa, -% m^ a little verse. 

Teraoa, -oa, m., verse. 

Tern, -fla, «., spit. 

rSraa, -a, -am, true. 

rescor, -I, feed. 

resper, -i, m., evening. 

Vesta, -ae, /, goddess of the hearth 
and of religious rites. 

Tester, -tra, -tnun, your, yours. 

Testis, -is,/, clothing. 

Testram,^^». ^Tds. 

Vetaria, -ae,/, mother of Coriolanus. 

Tetus, -eris, old. 

Tez5, I, torment, annoy, trouble. 

Tia, -ae,/, way, road. 

viator, -dris, m., traveler. 

Ticesimas, -a, -am, twentieth ; — pri- 
mus, twenty-first. 

Tictor, -5ris, m.^ victor, conqueror. 

TictSria, -ae,/, victory. 

yict5ria, -ae, /, a name. 



LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



173 



Tictns» ae yino5. 

▼ictus, see tIvS. 

▼icos, -i, m.^ street» village. 

▼idelicet, namely. 

▼idel^ 2, yidi, yisos, see. 

▼iginti, twenty. 

▼iginti du5, twenty-two. 

Yiginti unus, twenty-one. 

vincQ, 3, yici, yictus, conquer. 

▼indicd» i, claim. 

▼inum, -1, »., wine. 

▼iolentia, -ae,/., violence. 

▼iol5t I, injnre, violate, do violence 

♦.o. 
▼ir, yirl, m., man, husband. 
▼irg5, •inis,/, maiden, 
▼irtus, -ttis, /, manliness, courage, 

virtue. 
vis, — ^/, force, might, strength. 



▼Is, see vols. 

▼istts, ▼isums, eU,^ see ▼ideO. 

▼ita, -ae,/, life. 

▼iv5, 3, vixi, yictus, live. 

▼ivus, -a, -urn, alive. 

▼iz, hardly, with difficulty. 

▼ixl, see vivd. 

▼oc5, 1, call 

▼olens, -entis, w!lling(ly). 

▼olitd, I, fiy, rush. 

▼0I6, veUe, volui, irr,, wish. 

Volsci, -drum, m., the Volscians, a 

people southeast of Rome. 
Volonmia, -ae, /, wife of Coriolanus. 
▼68,/r<7»., you. 

▼Qz, vdcis, /, voice ; ▼!▼& vOce, aloud, 
▼ulnus, -eris, »., wound, 
▼alt, see ▼old. 
▼ultur, -mis, if., vulture. 



c\^ 



y^i/jwa/oov nrtu;)7/A-yATkd 






•(■•n. 



.'\ ,i:'Iov ,oIhv .Oi'oy 
^s\ .muio- .n.-'loV 



.ODniv ^y- ,euioiv 
oviy ^v- ,RU^Div 

.vbtiJBn ,isoil9biv 

ENGLIS H'^XAttN VOCABtfE'A'R^ ""'«r 

.isDpn'»:, ^eulDXv Joiv ,jr ,6oniv 

.rrrififD ,i ,ooibntY 

.onrw ,.« ,i- ,xcii£iiv 

janswer, n.^^iifpiimmy.'^^^^S^^ 

anjrthing, aliquid or -quod. «^^ 

apple, pomte/^rf '"^f" «-^^^ »"'▼ «^^^ 
arrival, adventdS^^n t\.8ini- ,65iiv 
;ar^''^ftiiiiife:f^^'f'^"i A .eiiir- ,zuniv 

army {trained army), exercifefl*,^^Cfe; 

/««^ of battle), acies, -ei. 
as, ut, w. indie, 
as soon as, cum pnmum. 
ask, rogo, I ; peto, 3. 
astonished, to be, miror, i. 
at home, doml. 
at once, statim. 
at-the-point-of-death, moribuadust-a. 

-um. 
Athens, Athenae, -arum. 
Augustus, Augustus, -1. 
away from, a, ab. 



aWfe'' kt^, ^sStti».' v t'-'^- .'-.inmaioV 
admit, admitto, 3. -^'^' '« -^^^'^^ ^?'"' ^ 
atom; «VtfS; IT^^ •-' '-'^^ .\ •.'''^'^<'^ rxov 
advance, «., pfejgi^lfeii^,^ ^?-2r«-^«^ 

gredior. .ol«)v «ssi Jfuv 

advice, consilftittti'^^ ,.v. ,anu- .luiluY 
advise, moneo, 2. 
afraid of, to be, timed, 2. 
again, iterum. 
age, aetas, -atis. 
alas, eheu. 

Alba Longa, Alba Longa, -ae. 
Albert, Albertus, -1. 
Alexander, Alexander, -dri. 
Alfred, Alfredus, -i. 
all, omnis, -e; cunctus, -a, -um; to- 

tus, -a, -um. 
alone, solus, -a, -um. 
already, iam. 
also, etiam, quoque. 
although, quamquam, w. indie, ; cum, 

w, subj. 
always, semper. 
America, America, -ae. 
American, Americanus, -a, -um. 
Amulius, Amulius, -!. 
and, et, ac, atque, -que; and also, ac, 

atque; and not, neque, non. 
angry, Iratus, -a, -um. 
animal, animal, -alis. 
another, alius, -a, -ud; alter, altera, 

alterum. 



B 

bad, malus, -a, -um. 

bake, torred, 2; coqud, 3. 

bank (of river), ripa, -ae. 

bam, horreum, -I. 

basket, calathus, •!. 

battle, proelium, -i. 

be, sum, esse, fui. 

be able, possum. 

beautiful, pulcher, -chra, -cbruoou 

because, quod. 

become, f!o, fieri, factus» 



174 



ENOllISHl-LAirrafl.'MOCABWHARY 



<m 



before, pr^p, , ante ; c^^japtefl slsago, { 

antequam. -xni/Kaj ,^(li6i^oqa^ j 

beg, peto, 3; rog^-l<,i:i({x ov ^jgninsva j 
begin, incipio, 3; coepijiKupmu .i9v> 1 
berry, baca, -ae. ,^upjHi/ ,diaxiwy:i9V'i 
best, oplimus, -a, -i^tM -^ ,Mii^ j Jaoxe 
bird, avis, -is. yth,^ Ju^-yj ,oIix-j 

black, nige^ftngBI»r.Tgti«a;\7*^ry3Hx», 

-trum. .^ .iH'J > ,1'J'lxo 

bless, benedico, 3. 
body, corpus, -ori^j 
bold, temerarius, -a, -um^ ,«ttd&c,^3fil 
book, liber, -bri. .10. .r.yi^li .Ahi^ 

both . . . and, et . . . et .? , .i r.> .UbI 
box, verbero, .?« u - ,£ - ^ n b I :> r uo tn r3 
boy, puer, -1. .,s. ,>:I.»)r"i';i. ,1'jmiiil 
brave, fortis, -e. ?a^p . r-i 1 /h( ,i6 ri ) r\ 
bread, panis, -i^^, .iuin-q .bJiBhadUi 
bri4g^.^fti9s^ poi^^- ,,...inj .« .im\ 
bright, clarus, -a,ntt«l. ,ojsfni| > ,Jar,^t 
Britain, Britannia, -ac.j^ ,o:.e/;q ^bos^ 
British, Britannicus, -a,^-vatofi.>ri Joyt 
Britons, Britann^urprj^pi^^jj uf q ^wo^ 
brother, frater, -tris. i,;{- .13 k ,bhi^ 
buijd/^f^cp, i;r,i"al?«k^i|^.A ,iri-ri 
buildings, aediHcia^ -Snt^k^ j ,qu I Ml 
business, negotiyj^xi^sfirui^ ^iaaitSa^ 

nihil negoti; bjMlncias fit^o^.gni. 

of person, .^ .f.rml .ilauift 

-"l4Utn?e4^a^4il tea i?f- ,j^lnjif ,.w ,f>Tft 
buy, emo, 3. 4 ,oi) 

by, a or ab, w. af^ao/jg^^Hfkn^i ,miit 

Caesar, Caesar, -aris. ,i , rit ,3jlt 

cake, libum, -1. ?.i ,^l^ rd - ,1 ji 

call, voco, I . ■ i r - . f 'i u'K T r: _v> 1 n 

Cani©„-??ft^r|l,rn9r»^„^/. f.i.r ; J*. fiMt-l 

can, possum. i- ,, .(.(r> jh,(»j 

^CaB^rtfti'Paiwyus^irJ. .<tit!i;J^ .li-t^ool 
care, ciira, -ae. .rrtif^ 

carefully, diligenter, om^i^^^ Join 
carry, portp^,?;; ,<5a;Kydpwa.&i^Jwtd, 
.,, i,-,^^ri^,^,,w(^r)iqfcf;4;.o»nyiO^ 



(w^r)jcfie^P,\3* 



cast out, eicio, 3. •>- <fiif I nr) .fsuio 
cause, causa, -ae. .;. .<>»'<•> /JtfiviJluo 
Celts, Celtae, -arum.f .> >ii Jnrnuo 
census, census, -us.c ,rK»ih Wr.i.i ,^>aiiiD 
chair, sella, -ae; solium, -I. 
chance, by, forte. 
change, muto; i. 

chariot, currus, -Qwi ' ,'"^^' /•^/muU 
Charles, Carolu4--w''j{" "1^1 .viy^a.b 
chief, princeps, -ipis. . " 1 ' < . i ;> ) f 1 ;^ u i. b 
children, llberf, -orum. • » »*-"'' tY> f> 
chink, rima, -ae. «''j- ,i- ,-u-<ii3 ^msb 
choose (^/^r/),4jre5i jv >(^f^ecJ)y^&^;'jf. 
Cicero, Cicero, -onis. •- fn.ui-iit .b'jjb 
Cimbri, -orum. .m')- ,/> .<?iij!k .(^i-jb 
citadel, arx, arcis. -i ,''■-'! 'q .tjviiq*ib 
citizen, civis, 4s»'"nnii«fi''> .-jnimrjl- b 
city, urbs, urbis. t ' '* f" '^' -^ 

civic, civicus, -a, -umt <^ iJ ! 1 ' n i n ' , i : = 1 d 
civil, cTvTlis, -e, --^/j ,Kn> . .vjan'h 
claim, vindico, i. - n- ,>.^ < t ri u I 
clear, clarus, -a, -um^ /'i f^'^' .-U-ivil) 
cloak, palla, -ae. f. /f t^* ^ « ' '= • '^ 
clothing, vestis, -is. ' ' ' ' ^ ' .>;^' ^' 
cold, frigus, -oris. -'^^- ,i-'f'M;!"'i /)V(.b 
Colossus, Colossui,-4i i= '^f 1 ' jnj.^ib 
come, venio, 4; come t4, adVefni^^/^ 
compan|oni^bo|n«s,rriti^. i^ ^hjo i/nb 
compel, cogo, 3; compelljo, 3. 
conquer, vinco, 3. . 
consul, consul, -ulis. 
.ceppei^'^e», aette. t^- -^- ' ^ ' -^ '^ ■ J '>n ''^^ 
Corinth, Corinthus, -T. '"^' 

Coriolanus, Coriolanus, 4r -^ "' ' • ' *'* 
Corioli, Corioli, -orumi^ - '^ " ^ ^' * ' ' '^ 
Cornelius, Cornelius, -1. ^ . ' ' ^' *' 
cottage, casa, -ae. " ' ' f " ^ " ,y i ii • -^ 
-twintry;jtfeeWa^ -ad^^^ '"^ -'-'^- '"'''^*.^^'^ 
courage, vift«tsj'4tisj ^ft^Ait^Wj^^ttlS 



course, cursus, -us. 



,xf- ,/ini \ .bfi'j 



crack, rima, -ae. . ti - ,«u^ - n f , ( ^ v\ 
cross-over, trans(«9-, 4< -'^■ui'») ,011 ins 
crowd, caterva^'ifte»^ ' ' >•'] .Koitiv.iino 
crown, corona, -ae.' J- -'''i^ xn^-jdqA 



1/6 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



cniel, crQdelis, -e. 
cultivate, cold, 3. 
currant, baca, -ae. 
curse, nudedlcd, 3. 



Danes, DSnl, -onim. 

danger, periculum, -I. 

daughter, f Ilia, -ae. 

day, dies, -el. 

dear, dlros, -a, -um. 

decemvir, decemvir, -I. 

deed, factum, -I. 

deep, altus, -a, -um. 

deprive, privo, i. 

determine, cdnstituS, 3. 

die, morior. 

dike, tumulus, -1. 

dinner, cena, -ae. 

ditch, fossa, -ae. 

divide, divido, 3. 

do, ago, 3; facio, 3. 

dog, canis, -is. 

dove, columba, -ae. 

dream, somnium, •!. 

drink, bibo, 3. 

drive out, eiciS, 3; expelld, 3. 



eager, avidus, «a, -um; cupidus, -a, 
-um. 

ear, auris, -is. 

earth, terra, -ae. 

eat, edo, 3. 

eighty, octSgintl. 

either, aut; either . . . or,aut . . . aut. 

Slizabeth, Elisabetha, -ae. 

end, finis, -is. 

enemy (^personal), miimcus, A; {pud- 
he), bostis, -is. 

entire, totus, -a, -um. 

entreaties, preces, -um. 

Ephesus, Ephesus, -!. 



equal, par, paris. 
especially, maxime. 
evening, vesper, -erl. 
ever, umquam. 
everywhere, ubique. 
excel, praecedo, 3. 
exile, exsul, -ulis. 
exile (abstract^ ezsilium, •!. 
expel, eicid, 3. 



face, facies, -CI. 

faith, 6des, -el. 

fall, cado, 3. 

famous, clams, -a, -um. 

farmer, agricola, -ae. 

father, pater, -tris. 

fatherland, patria, -ae. 

fear, »., timor, -oris; v., timed, 2. 

feast, epulae, -arum. 

feed, igiacb, 3. 

feel, sentiS, 4. ^ 

few, paucus, -a, -um. 

field, ager, -gri. 

fight. If., pugna, -ae; v., pugnS, i. 

fill up, compleo, 2. 

find out, experior, 4. 

fine, bonus, -a, •um. 

finish, f mid, 4. 

fire, n.. Ignis, -is; set fire to, incen* 

do. 3. 
firm, firmus, -a, -um. 
first, primus, -a, -um. 
flatterer, adsentator, -drii. 
flee, fugio, 3. 
fleet, classis, -is. 
flight, fuga, -ae. 

fond of, cupidus, -a, -um ; amans. 
food, cibus, -1. 
foolish, stultus, -a, -um; vanus, -a, 

-um. 
foot, pes, pedis, 
footsoldier, pedes, peditis. 
for, conj., nam, enim; prep,, pro, w. 

abL; often expressed by doHve, 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



177 



forest, silva, -ae. 

formerly, olim. 

fort, castrum, -1 {usually only in plu- 
ral; see camp). 

for-the-sake-of, causa, preceded by 
genitive. 

France, Gallia, -ae. 

Frederick, Fredericus, -1. 

free, adj,^ liber, -era, -erum; z/., 11- 
bero, I. 

friend, amicus, -i. 

frighten, terreo, 2. 

from {put of)^ ex, e; away from, 
a, ab. 

full, plenus, -a, -um. 

fuU-of-care, anxius, -a, -um. 

furnish, praebeo, 2. 



garden, hortus, -!. 

gate, porta, -ae. 

Gaul (a r<?«»//7), Gallia, -ae; {a per 

son)f Gallus, -1. 
Geneva, Genava, -ae. 
Germany, Germania, -ae. 
get, obtineo, 2; sumo, 3. 
gift, donum, -1; munus, -eris. 
girl, puella, -ae. 
give, do. 

give orders to, impero, i ; iubeo, 2. 
gladly, use adj.y laetus, -a, -um. 
glorious, clarus, -a, -um; gloriosus, 

-a, -um. 
glory, gloria, -ae. 
go, eo; go away, abeo; go back, 

redeo. 
God willing, Deo volente. 
god, deus, -I. 
goddess, dea, -ae. 
gold, aurum, -T. 
good, bonus, -a, -um. 
grandfather, avus, -I. 
great, magnus, -a, -um. 
groan, «., gemitu3, -iis; v., gemo, 3. 

EASY STEPS IN LAT. — 12 



H 

hand, manus, -us. 

harbor, portus, -us. 

harmful, malus, -a, -um. 

harvest, messis, -is. 

have, habeo, 2. 

he, is. 

head, caput, -itis. 

hear, audio, 4. 

help, auxilium, -1. 

Henry, Henrlcus, -I. 

hers, suus, -a, -um. 

hide, celo, i. 

high, altus, -a, -um. 

hill, coUis, -is; mons, mentis. 

himself, sul. 

his, suus, -a, -um. 

home, domus, -1; at home, domi. 

honey, mel, mellis. 

honor, honor, -oris. 

hope, spes, -ei. 

Horace, Horatius, -I. 

horse, equus, -i. 

hospitality, hospitium, -I. 

house, domus, -us. 

however, aulem, tamen. 

how many, quot. 

hungry, to be, esurio, 4. 

hunt, «., venatio, -onis; v.^ venor, I. 

husband, vir, viri; conitinx, coniugis. 

hut, casa, -ae. 



I, ego. 
if, SI. 

immediately, statim. 
in, in, w. abL 
inclose, includo, 3. 
inhabit, incolo, 3. 
in order to, ut, w. subj. 
inscribe, ascrlbo, 3. 
instead of, pro, w. abl, 
into, in, w. ace, 
island, insula, -ae. 
it, id. 



178 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



Italy, Italia, -ae. 
its, saus, -/I, -am. 
itself, suf. 



James, Iac5bus, -I. 
join, iungo, 3. 



keep, teneo, 2. 
Kent, Cantium, -!. 
kid, haedus, -i. 
king, rex, regis, 
kingdom, regnum, •!. 
know, scio, 4; cognosco, 3. 
known, notus, -a, -um; c5gnitus, 
•am. 



lake, lacus, -Gs. 

land, terra, -ae. 

large, magnus, -a, -um. 

laugh, rideo, 2. 

lazy, piger, -gra, -grum; segnis, -e. 

lead, plumbum, -i. 

lead, V,, dvLco, 3. 

leader, dux, duels. 

leave, relinqu5, 3. 

legion, legio, -onis. 

letter (0/ the alphabet)^ littera, -ae; 

(jipistU)f epistula, -ae; litterae, 

-arum. 
light, lux, lucis. 

like, adj,f similis, -e; v., amo, i. 
listen, v.f audi5, 4. 
listener, auditor, -dris. 
little^ parvus, -a, -um. 
live, vivo, 3. 
loaf, panis, -is. 
long, longus, -a, -um. 
look at, specto, i. 
lose, amitto, 3. 
love, amo, i. 
loving, amans. 



make, facio, 3. 

Malta, Melita, -ae. 

man, homo, -inis; vir, virT. 

many, multus, -a, -um. 

mark, fnslgne, -is. 

Mark, Marcus, 4. 

Marseilles, Massilia, -ae. 

master (of slaves), dominus, -i; {of 

pupils), magister, -tri. 
matters, res, rei. 
mention, enumero, i. 
Mercury, Mercurius, -!. 
message, nuntius, -i. 
Messala, Messala, -ae. 
midday, meridies, -ei. 
military, militaris, -e. 
mind, animus, -i. 
mine, meus, -a, -um. 
money, pecCinia, -ae. 
moon, luna, -ae. 
more, plus, pluris. 
mother, mater, matris. 
mountain, mons, montis. 
move, moveo, 2. 
much, adj., multus, -a, -um; aeh,, 

multum. 
mud, lutum, -i. 
must, use gerundive, with personal 

subject in the dative. 
my, meus, -a, -um. 



name, n,, nomen, -inis; v.^ 

n5, 1, 
nature, natura, -ae. 
near, prope. 
nearly, prope, fere, 
neglect, neglego, 3. 
neither, nee. 
new, novus, -a, -um. 
night, nox, noctb. 
noble, nobilis, -e. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



179 



no business, nihil negdti. 

nor, nee. 

not, non; w, expressions of purpose, 

ne. 
not at all, minime. 
nothing, nihil, -!. 
Niima, Numa, -ae. 
number, numerus, -1. 
Numitor, Numitor, -oris. 



oar, remus, -I. 

obey, oboedid, 4; audio, 4. 

ocean, dceanus, -1. 

often, saepe. 

on, in, w, abl, 

once, semel, olim, aliqaando. 

once upon a time, olim, aliquando. 

one, Gnus, -a, -urn. 

only, omnfno. 

or, aut. 

orator, orator, -oris. 

order. /1., iussum, -T; iussus, -iis; z/., 

ittbeo, 2. 
other, alius, -a, -ud; alter, altera, 

alteram. 
others, ceteri, -ae, -a. 
our, ours, noster, -tra, -tram, 
out of, ex, e. 
oyer, super; trans, w, ace, ; in, z&. abL 



Paris, Lutetia, -ae. 

part, pars, partis. 

Paul, Paulus, -1. 

peace, pax, pacis. 

penalty, poena, -ae. 

people, populus, -!. 

Philippi, PhilippI, -orum. 

philosophy, philosophia, -ae. 

Piso, Hs5, -onis. 

place, »., locus, -T; v., loco, i. 

pleasant, gratus, -a, -um. 



plots, fnsidiae, -arum. 

plow, aro, I. 

poet, poeta, -ae. 

poor, pauper, -era, -erum. 

Porsenna, Porsenna, -ae. 

praise, »., laus, laudis; v., laudo, i. 

pray, oro, i. 

prefer, mala. 

present, z/., dono. 

pretend, simulo, i. 

priestess of Vesta, virgS (-inis) Ves- 

talis (-is). 
prince, princeps, -ipis. 
private, privatus, -a, -um. 
province, provincia, -ae. 
public, piiblicus, -a, -um. 
pull, torqueo, 2. 
punishment, poena, -ae. 
pupil, discipulus, -T. 
put to flight, fug5, I. 



queen, regina, -ae. 
Quintus, Quintus, -I. 



rain, imber, -bris. 

rash, temerarius, -a, -um. 

read, lego, 3. 

reason, ratio, -onis. 

receive, recipio, 3. 

red, ruber, -bra, -bram. 

refer, refero. 

refined, humanus, -a, -um. 

reign, regn5, i. 

remain, remaneo, 2. 

remove, removed, 2. - 

render, reddo, 3. 

reward, praemium, -T. 

Rhea Silvia, Rhea Silvia, -ae. 

Rhine, Rhenus, -1. 

Richard, Ricardus, -!. 

right, dexter, -tra, -tram. 



i8o 



EASY STEPS IN LATIN 



rirer, flavins, -i; amnU, -is; flumen, 

-inis. 
river bank, rlpa, -ae. 
road, via, -ae. 
Robert, Robertas, -I. 
Roman, Romanas, -a, -am. 
Rome, R5ma, -ae. 
roof, tectum, -I. 
rose, rosa, -ae. 
rotten, putridus, -a, -am. 
rough, asper, -era, -erum. 
royal, regius, -a, -am. 
rule, regna, i; reg5, 3. 
run, carr5, 3. 

S 
•ale, tutas, -a, -am. 
sailor, nauta, -ae. 
sake, causa, -ae. 
ealuter, salutator, -oris, 
salutation, salutatia, -onis. 
same. Idem. 
save, serv5, i. 
say, dico, 3. 
says, inquit. 

school, ludus, -T; schola, -ae. 
Scipid, Scipi5, -5nis. 
sea, mare, -is. 
seashore, litus, -oris, 
see, video, 2. 
seek, peta, 3. 
seem, videor, 
senate, senatus, -us. 
send, mittd, 3. 
set before, appono, 3. 
set fire to, incendd, 3. 
series, series, -eL 
seven, septem. 
sharp, acutus, ^a, -um. 
she, ea. 

sheep, ovis, -is. 
shepherd, pastor, -oris. 
ship, navis, -is. 
shore, lltus, -oris; 5ra, -ae. 
shout, clamor, -5ris. 



silver, argentum, -i. 

since, cum. 

sing, canta, i ; cana, 3. 

skilled, peritus, -a, -um. 

sky, caelum, -i. 

slave, servus, -I. 

sleep, n,, somnus, -1; v., dormia, 4. 

slippery, lubricus, -a, -um. 

small, parvus, -a, -um. 

so, ita, sic. 

soil, macula, i. 

soldier, miles, -itis. 

sometimes, aliquanda, nannumquam. 

son, f Ilius, -I. 

song, cantus, -us. 

soon, mox. 

Spain, Hispania, -ae. 

splendid, splendidus, -a, -um. 

spoil, macula, i. 

spokesman, arator, -oris. 

spot, macula, I. 

sprinkle, Insperga, 3. 

stand, sta. 

star, Stella, -ae. 

state, civitas, -atis. 

station, conloca, i. 

stay, manea, 2. 

steep, praeceps, -itis. 

step, gradus, -us. 

still, adv,., adhuc; conj.^ tamen. 

stone, lapis, -idis. 

strange, mirus, -a, -um. 

street, vicus, -I. 

strong, validus, -a, -um. 

student, studiasus, -a, -um (littera- 

rum). 
study, studium, -I; v,, studils se dare. 
surely, certe. 
surround, circumda, i. 
sword, gladius, -1. 

T 

table, mensa, -ae. 
tail, Cauda, -ae. 
take, capio, 3. 



ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY 



l8l 



take away, abduc5, 3. 

take care of, cur5, i. 

take the census, censum habere. 

Tarquin, Tarquinius, -1. 

teach, doced, 2. 

teacher, doctor, -oris; magister, -tri. 

tell, narrd, i. 

temple, templum, -i. 

territory, fines, -ium. 

than, quam. 

that, is, ea, id. 

the, article not expressed in Latin, 

themselves, suT. 

"Uieir, suus, -a, -um. 

then, tarn. 

there, ibi. 

there is, est. 

there are, sunt. 

therefore, quare, igitur. 

thing, res, rel. 

think, puto, i. 

this, hic, haec, hoc. 

thou, tu. 

three, tres. 

throne, solium, -T. 

Tiber, Tiber, -eris. 

tide, aestus, -us. 

time, tempus, -oris. 

timid, timidus, -a, -um. 

to, ad, w. acct expressing purpose ; ut, 

w, subj. 
to-day, hodie. 
to-morrow, eras. 
torment, torqueo, 2. 
toward, ad, w. ace, 
tower, turris, -is. 
town, oppidum, -1. 
train, exerceo, 2. 
traveler, viator, -oris, 
tree, arbor, -oris. 
troops, copiae, -arum, 
trouble, vexo, i. 
trumpet, tuba, -ae. 
try, Conor, i. 
TulliA, TuUia, -ae. 



twenty, viginG. 
twin, geminus, -T. 
two, duo, -ae, -6. 



under, sub, w, ace, or abU 
use, iitor. 
use, iisus, -us. 



Virginius, Verginius, -I. 

very, use superlative of the adjectiv 

or adverb, 
very hun^gry, to be, esurio. 
Vestal, Vestalis, -is. 
Veturia, Veturia, -ae. 
Victor, Victor, -oris. 
Victoria, Victoria, -ae. 
victory, victoria, -ae. 
Virgil, Vergilius, -T. 
Volscians, VolscI, -orum. 
Volumnia, Volumnia, -ae. 



W 

wagon, carrus, -T. 
walk, ambulo, i. 
wall, murus, -1. 
war, bellum, -I. 
warn, moned. 
wasp, vespa, -ae. 
water, aqua, -ae. 
wave, unda, -ae. 
wax, cera, -ae. 
way, via, -ae. 
wear, gero, 3. 
weep, lacrim5, i. 
well, bene. 
were, sum, esse, fui. 
what, quid or quod, 
when, quando. 
which, quis, qui. 
white, albus, -a, -um. 
who, quis, qui. 



1 82 



EASY STEPS m LATIN 



whole, t5tus, -a, -um. 
why, cfir. 

wicked, scelestus, -a, -am. 
wide, latus, -a, -um. 
wife, uxor, -oris, 
wild, saevos, -a, -am. 
William, Guilielmus, •!. 
willing, volens. 
wind, ventus, -i. 
wine, vinum, •!. 
wise, sapiens, 
wish, volo, velle, volul. 
with, cam. 
within, intri, w, ace. 
witty, facetus, -a, -am. 
wolf, /w., lupus, -i; /, lupa, -ac. 
woman, virg5, -inis; femina, -ae. 
wonderful, mirus, -a, -am; mlrftbilis, 
-c. 



word, Terbom, -L 
work, labor, -5ri8. 
workman, opifex, -ids. 
wound, vulnerd, i. 
wreath, corona, -ae. 
wretch, sceleratus, -T. 
wretched, miser, -era, -enun. 
write, scrfbo, 3. 



year, annus, -I. 

yes, immo, ver5. 

yet, tamen. 

you, til, yds. 

young, iuvenis. 

younger, iunior, -oris. 

your(s), tuus, -a, -um; Tester, -tra, 

-trum. 
youth, iuvenis. 



Latin Prose Writing 

WITH FULL INTRODUCTORY NOTES ON IDIOM 

By MAURICE W. MATHER, Ph.D. 

Formerly Instructor in Latin in Harvard University 

and ARTHUR L. WHEELER, Ph.D. 

Instructor in Latin in Yale University 

Half Leather, 12mo, 216 pages Price $1.00 



The present book furnishes all the essential material for the writing 
of average passages in Latin Prose. It is not intended to teach how 
to write isolated sentences, illustrative of given constructions, but the 
book assumes that the pupil, after a year or more of such practice, is 
ready to learn the art of writing connected narrative in Latin. The 
authors have based their exercises on Caesar's Gallic War Books III 
and IV, Nepos*s Alcibiades and Hannibal, and Cicero's Manilian Law 
and Archias, inasmuch as these are not only models of good style, but 
are usually read in schools. As the book is not for beginners, the 
individual exercises have not been made vehicles for teaching any one 
or two constructions, but the authors have felt at liberty to introduce 
at any time even the more difficult constructions ; indirect discourse, 
for instance, being taken up at the very beginning. 

While, in general, the vocabulary and the constructions for any 
exercise are supplied in the Latin text on which the given exercise is 
based, yet enough variation from the language of the model is required 
to give the pupil abundant practice in handling forms and constructions. 
By this means the pupil's power of observation is increased, his interest 
is quickened by the pleasure of discovery, and he will remember the 
word much better than if he found it ready at hand in a dictionary. 

A number of recent examination papers from various colleges have 
been inserted in the belief that they will be found useful for sight tests 
and occasional examinations. The notes accompanying some of the 
papers belong to the original examinations. At the end of the book are 
indexes of words and constructions, and of English words and phrases 
with references to sections of the Notes on Idiom in Part I. 



Copies sent^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price, 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago 

(Ml) 



Harkness's New Latin Grammars 



A COMPLETE LATIN GRAMMAR 

Cloth-leather binding. i2mo, 464 pages . . . . $1.25 

A SHORT LATIN GRAMMAR 

Cloth-leather binding. i2mo, 254 pages 80 

By Albert Harkness, Ph.D., LL.D., Professor Emeritus in 
Brown University. 

These new text-books are the crowning triumph of a life-work which 
has made the name of their author familiar to classical scholars and 
teachers everywhere. They represent the latest advances in philological 
science, and embody the results of the author's large experience in 
teaching and of his own linguistic studies, together with the suggestions 
and advice of eminent German specialists in the field of Historical and 
Comparative Grammar. The peculiar qualities of simplicity, clearness, 
and adaptation of treatment to the practical needs of the student and of 
the class room, — qualities that have always characterized the Harkness 
Grammars, — have been preserved and even intensified in these new books. 

The Complete Latin Grammar is designed at once as a text-book 
for the class room and a book of reference for the student. It aims not 
only to present systematically for the benefit of the beginner the lead- 
ing facts and laws of the Latin language, but also to provide accurately 
for the needs of the advanced student. 

The Short Latin Grammar is published for the benefit of those who 
prefer to begin with a more elementary manual, or those who do not 
contemplate a collegiate course. In the preparation of this work the 
convenience and interest of the student have been carefully consulted. 
The paradigms, rules, and discussions have in general been introduced 
in the exact form and language of the Complete Latin Grammar by 
which it may at any time be supplemented. The numbering of the 
sections in the two books is also alike. 



Copies of the books will be sent^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the 
price by the Publishers: 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago 

(«37) 



HARKNESS AND FORBES'S 

Caesar's Commentaries 
on the Gallic War 

With Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary. By ALBERT HARKNESS, Ph. D., LL.D., 

Professor Emeritus in Brown University. Assisted by CHARLES H. FORBES, A.B., 

Professor of Latin in Phillips Academy, Andover, Mass. 

Price, $1.25 



THIS WORK is preeminently a student's edition of Caesar's Commentaries 
on the Gallic War, and has been prepared with special reference to the 
present needs of preparatory and secondary schools. While it is remark- 
able for its simplicity, yet it contains everything which is needed for studying the 
author. Attention is called particularly to the following special features of the 
book: 

1. This edition is furnished with an Introduction containing an outline 
of the life of Caesar, a description in brief of the scenes of his military operations 
in Gaul, Germany, and Britain, and a short treatise on the military system 
of the Romans, together with a list of valuable works on subjects treated in the 
Introduction. 

2. The text is chiefly that of the critical edition of H. Meusel, Berlin, 
1894, now quite generally accepted as the standard. Each important chapter 
begins with a brief summary in English. 

3. The notes arc intended to guide the faithful efforts of the student and 
to interest him in the stirring events recorded in the Commentaries. Special atten- 
tion has been given to the difficult subjects of the subjunctive mood and of the 
indirect discourse. 

4. The voca biliary gives special attention to etymology, but the treat- 
ment is made as simple as possible with the sole aim cf aiding the student in 
understanding and appreciating the significant elements of words. The important 
subject of idioms and phrases receives due attention. 

5. The iilustrations are entirely appropriate and unlike those in most 
other works of a similar nature. They have in no instance been introduced merely 
for purposes of decoration. Among the most striking features of the work are the 
nine colored plates illustrative of the military system of the Romans, which have 
been made only after consultation with the highest authorities, and are here repro- 
duced in their natural colors. Besides these, there are many other illustrations, 
eleven plans of battles, seven campaign maps, and a general map of Gaul. 



AMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 

(157) PUBLISHERS 



REVISED EDITION 

VIRGIL'S AENEID 

With an Introduction, Notes, and Vocabulary by HENRY S. FRIEZE» 
late Professor of Latin in the University of Michigan. Revised by 
WALTER DENNISON, Professor of Latin in the University of 
Michigan. 

First Six Books . • • • |1.30 Complete |L50 

CompleU Text Edition fOJO 

This Work differs in many respects from the former edition. Such 
changes and alterations have been introduced as are necessary to 
make the book conform to modem demands, and many important addi- 
tions have also been made. 

The Introduction has been enkrged by the addition of sections 
on the life and writings of Virgil, the plan of the Aeneid, the meter, 
manuscripts, editions, and helpful books of reference. 

The Text has been corrected to conform to the readings that have 
become established, and the spelling's are in accord with the evidence of 
inscriptions of the first century A.D. To meet the need of early 
assistance in reading the verse metrically, the long vowels in the first two 
books are fully indicated. 

The Notes have been thoroughly revised and largely added to. The 
old grammar references are corrected and new ones (to Harkness's 
Complete, Lane & Morgan's, and Bennett's Grammars) added. The 
literary appreciation of the poet is increased by parallel quotations 
from English literature. The irregularities of scansion in each book 
are also given with sufficient explanations. 

The Vocubulary has been made as simple as possible and includes 
only those words occurring in the Aeneid. The parts of compound 
words are not indicated separately when they appear unmodified in 
the compound form. The principal parts of verbs are given which are 
understood to be in actual use. 

The Illustrations for the most part are new and fresh, and have 
been selected with great care with a view to assisting directly in the 
interpretation of the text. There are also maps showing the wan- 
derings of Aeneas, the vicinity of Cumae, and pre-historic Rome, 
and a full-page facsimile of one of the best manuscripts of Virgil, the 
Codex Palatinus. 

American Book Company, Publishers 

(956) 



A Term of Ovid 

Edited by CLARENCE W. GLEASON, A.M. (Harvard) 
Of Roxbury Latin School 

Cloth, 12mo, 209 pages. With Notes and Illustrations. Price, 75 cents 



TEN STORIES FROM THE METAMORPHOSES 

I. Atalanta's Last Race. II. Pyranriusand Thisbe. III. Apollo's Un- 
requited Love for Daphne. IV. How Phaethon Drove His Father's 
Chariot. V. The Death of Orpheus. VI. The Touch of Gold. VII. 
Philenrion and Baucis. VIII. The Impiety and Punishment of Niobe. 
IX. The Flood. X. Perseus and Andromeda. 

This book is designed to meet the needs of students 
pursuing Latin Courses (i) in which but a single term is 
given to the study of Ovid ; (2) in which this author is 
not taken up until after Vergil or Cicero ; (3) or in which 
Ovid has not hitherto been included among the school 
texts read. It is believed that the book will be found a 
natural and easy link between the prose of the second or 
third year and the beginning of Vergil. 

The first three stories are accompanied by a parallel 
vecsion in the order of ordinary Latin prose with the 
quantities marked. 

The divisions into feet and the caesuras are indicated 
in the first hundred lines by an unobtrusive but effective 
device, in order to facilitate the acquisition of the art of 
scansion, which is sometimes difficult. 

The text is accompanied by synonyms, both of words 
not usual in prose and of common words in extraordinary 
uses. The notes are full, and are designed to meet the 
actual needs of the student. 

The book contains a complete vocabulary with refer- 
ences to the text by lines. 



Copies senty prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price, 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago 

(264) 



Latin Dictionaries 



HARPER'S LATIN DICTIONARY 

Founded on the translation of ** Freand's Latin-German Lexicon.'* 
Edited by E. A. Andrews, LL.D. Revised, Enlarged, and in great 
part Rewritten by Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D., and Charles 
Short, LL.D. 
Royal Octavo, 2030 pages . Sheep. $6.50 ; Full Russia, $10 00 

The translation of Dr. Freund*s great Latin-German Lexicon, 
edited by the late Dr. E. A. Andrews, and published in 1850, has been 
from that time in extensive and satisfactory use throughout England and 
America. Meanwhile great advances have been made in the science on 
which lexicography depends. The present work embodies the latet^t 
advances in philological study and research, and is in every respect the 
most complete and satisfacto^ Latin Dictionary published. 

LEWIS'S LATIN DICTIONARY FOR SCHOOLS 
By Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D. 
Large Octavo, 1200 pages . Cloth, $4 50 ; Half Leather, $5.00 

This dictionary is not an abridgment, but an entirely new and inde- 
pendent work, designed to include all of the student's needs, after 
acquiring the elements of grammar, for the interpretation of the Latin 
authors commonly read in school. 

LEWIS'S ELEMENTARY LATIN DICTIONARY 
By Charlton T. Lewis, Ph.D. 
Crown Octavo, 952 pages. Half Leather .... $2.00 

This work is sufficiently full to meet the needs of students in 
secondary or preparatory schools, and also in the first and second years' 
work in colleges. 

SMITH'S ENGLISH-LATIN DICTIONARY 

A Complete and Critical English-Latin Dictionary. By William 
Smith, LL.D., and Theophilus D. Hall, M.A., Fellow of Uni- 
versity College, London. With a Dictionary of Proper Names. 
Royal Octavo, 765 pages. Sheep $4.00 



Copies ient^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price» 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago 

(278) 



Latin Literature of the Empire 

Selected and Edited with Revised Texts and Brief Introductions 

By ALFRED GUDEMAN, Ph.D. 
Associate Professor of Classical Philology, University of Pennsylvania 

In Two Volumes. Cloth, 12mo. Per Volume. $1.80 

Vol. I — Prose. Selections from Velleius, Curtius, Seneca Rhetor, 
Justinus (Trogus Pompeius), Seneca, Petronius, including Cena 
Trimalchionis, Pliny the Elder, Quintilian. Tacitus, Pliny the 
Younger, Suetonius, Minucius Felix Octavius, Apuleius — Ammianus 
Marcellinus, and Boethius. 

Vol. II — Poetry. Pseudo Vergiliana, Aetna, Manilius, Calpumius, 
Nemesianus, Phaedrus, Lucan, Valerius Flaccus, Seneca, the 
Octavia (anonymous), Persius, Statins, Silius Italicus, Martial, 
Juvenal, Pervigilium Veneris, Ausonius, and Claudianus. 



The works of Latin Literature of the post-Augustan 
period have hitherto, with a few notable exceptions, been 
virtually excluded from the classical curricula of colleges 
and universities. 

The present collection has been made primarily for the 
use of students in higher classes in colleges. The selec- 
tions will be found useful as collateral reading in con- 
nection with lectures on classical literature, and will also 
furnish suitable material for sight reading. 

The selections themselves contain nothing that is not 
eminently worthy of perusal. They are in every case 
sufficiently extensive to give a continuous and coherent 
story, which at the same time exhibits the author at his 
best. The text follows the best modern editions, the 
deviations from the standard texts being briefly recorded 
in critical appendices. 



Copies senty prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price, 

American Book Company 
New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago 



The First Greek Book 

By clarence W. GLEASON. A.M. 
Master in the Roxbury Latin School 

AND 

CAROLINE STONE ATHERTON. A.M. 
Late of the Roxbury Latin School 

WITH AN INTRODUCTION 

By WILLIAM C. COLLAR. A.M. 
Cloth, 12mo, 299 pages Price, $1.00 



This First Greek Book from its logical sequence of 
subjects, its clearness and conciseness of statement^ and 
its freedom from unnecessary details, will appeal to ^oth 
teacher and pupil. Believing that the true aim of Greek 
study is the development of the power. to read Greek, the 
pupil is introduced at an early stage to practice in the 
translation of a continuous text, including dialogues, 
fables, and reading exercises. 

The English-Greek exercises have been made sub- 
ordinate to the sentences to be translated into English, 
as that will be the pupil's main work in the study of Gi:eek. 
An effort has been made throughout to give continuity to 
the exercises for translation, and at the same time to fix 
meanings and constructions by frequent repetition and 
occasional review lessons. 

The book is fully illustrated and contains in addition 
to the reading exercises given in the body of the book 
selections from the Anabasis, Hellenica, Cyropaedia, and 
Memorabilia, an Appendix containing in compendious form 
for reference the rules of euphony and syntax and the 
paradigms of declension and conjugation given in the 
regular lessons. Altogether, the book is complete, concise, 
interesting, and practical, and one which teachers can use 
successfully with any class of beginners. 



Copies seni^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price. 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnlati ♦ Chicago 

(aSa) 



Pearson's Greek Prose Composition 

By henry CARR PEARSON, A.B. (Harvard) 
Flexible Binding, 12mo, 187 pages .... Price, 90 cent» 



The purpose of this book is to combine a thorough and 
systematic study of the essentials of Greek syntax with 
abundant practice in translating connected Idiomatic 
English into Greek, and to afford constant practice in 
writing Greek at sight. 

Part I contains, in graded lessons, the principal points 
of Greek syntax which require especial emphasis in Second 
Year Greek. These lessons are designed to serve as a 
partial review of the first year's work and as an intro- 
duction to the composition work in connection with the 
reading of Xenophon's Anabasis. 

Part II contains short, simple English sentences, based 
on Books I-IV of the Anabasis, designed to be used in 
connection with the reading of the text. 

Part III contains connected English prose, based on 
Books I-IV of the Anabasis. 

Review Lessons are introduced at intervals, containing 
a list of the important words and an enumeration of the 
principal constructions used in the preceding sentences. 

The book is provided with an English-Greek Vocabulary 
and contains a selection of recent college entrance exam- 
ination papers in Greek prose composition, for the purpose 
of supplying further material for practice and of familiar- 
izing the student with the nature of the examinations set 
by the various colleges. 



Copies sent^ prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price. 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago 

(287) 



Xenophon's Anabasis 

SEVEN BOOKS 

EDITED BY 

WILLIAM R. HARPER. Ph D., D.D., LL,D. 
President of the University of Chicago 

AND 

JAMES WALLACE, Ph.D. 
President of Macalester College, St. Paul, Minn. 

Cloth, 12mo, 575 pages, with Maps, Diagrams, etc. . Price, $1.50 



This edition of the Anabasis embodies all those features 
which have made Harper's Classical Series so popular and 
successful, and in addition possesses many other points of 
special value to students of Xenophon. Apart from the 
text proper the book includes a Descriptive and Historical 
Introduction on Persia and Greece ; a concise life of 
Xenophon; Bibliography; Itinerary; Inductive Exercises 
in Greek ; Themes for Investigation ; Lists of Words ; 
Idioms; Ready Reference Tables, giving inflections of 
various parts of speech, including paradigms of Infinitives, 
Participles, and, Irregular Verbs ; and a Complete Vocab- 
ulary of all the words used in the seven books. 

Books I-IV are edited with full Grammatical Refer- 
ences, Topics for Study, and Critical Notes. 

Books V-VII are edited for Sight Reading, with sug- 
gestions and foot-notes. 



Copies sent^ prepaid^ to any address on receipt of the price, 

American Book Company 

New York ♦ Cincinnati ♦ Chicago 

(293) 



J^